TWI857005B - Method of producing an electrical component - Google Patents
Method of producing an electrical component Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI857005B TWI857005B TW109103055A TW109103055A TWI857005B TW I857005 B TWI857005 B TW I857005B TW 109103055 A TW109103055 A TW 109103055A TW 109103055 A TW109103055 A TW 109103055A TW I857005 B TWI857005 B TW I857005B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- particles
- bimodal
- hole
- substrate
- suspension
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- H10W70/692—
-
- H10W70/095—
-
- H10W70/635—
Landscapes
- Printing Elements For Providing Electric Connections Between Printed Circuits (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申請案主張優先權權益:2019年1月31日提交的美國專利申請序列號62/799,690、2019年1月31日提交的美國專利申請序列號62/799,712、2019年1月31日提交的美國專利申請序列號62/799,641料以及2019年1月31日提交的美國專利申請序列號62/799,679,每個揭示特此藉全文引用併入本文,如同在此完整闡述一樣。 This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/799,690 filed on January 31, 2019, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/799,712 filed on January 31, 2019, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/799,641 filed on January 31, 2019, and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/799,679 filed on January 31, 2019, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety as if fully set forth herein.
本申請案也主張2019年3月29日提交的美國臨時專利申請序列號PCT/US2019/024891的優先權權益,其特此藉全文引用併入本文,如同在此完整闡述一樣。 This application also claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2019/024891 filed on March 29, 2019, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety as if fully set forth herein.
本發明係關於一種製造電氣元件之方法。 The present invention relates to a method for manufacturing an electrical component.
之前被稱作多晶片模組(multichipmodule;MCM)的2.5-D和3-D封裝,是對已完善概念的一種新穎實現。薄玻璃、矽或其他介電基板材料經產生具有複數個孔洞或導通孔,並以產生電性路徑的方式將該等孔洞或導通孔金屬化。積體電路封裝產業將此等互連的基板稱作中介層。中介層中製造的孔洞通常非常小,例如,直徑為5μm到100μm,深度為50μm到500μm。每平方公分的 孔洞數可為數百甚至數千個。在製造此等孔洞所需的製程之後,下一步是將孔洞金屬化以提供從一個電路平面或基板到另一個電路平面或基板的導電路徑。 2.5-D and 3-D packaging, previously known as multichip modules (MCMs), are a novel implementation of a well-established concept. A thin glass, silicon, or other dielectric substrate material is created with a plurality of holes or vias and metalized in a manner that creates an electrical path. The integrated circuit packaging industry refers to these interconnected substrates as interposers. The holes created in the interposer are typically very small, for example, 5μm to 100μm in diameter and 50μm to 500μm deep. The number of holes can be in the hundreds or even thousands per square centimeter. After the processing required to create these holes, the next step is to metalize the holes to provide a conductive path from one circuit plane or substrate to another.
當前最新進的製程方法中,被稱作「銅電鍍」用以通過盲孔將中介層金屬化的方法非常的昂貴且缺乏製造擴增能力。金屬化方法包括物理氣相沉積(PVD)或濺鍍沉積的組合以形成種子層,接著進行鍍電銅。濺鍍或PVD方法以及非常複雜的銅電鍍操作在材料及操作費用上非常的昂貴,且需要高度訓練的技術人員來操作製程。運行此等製程所需的設備極其昂貴的且難以擴展到高產量製造。取決於孔洞直徑及深寬比,每個基板的銅電鍍製程需耗時1到8小時。電鍍製程要求每個基板在個別操作單元中進行電鍍,該操作單元具有複雜的分析與分配控制以及對整個基板的精確電場分佈。 The current state-of-the-art process method, called "copper plating," used to metallize the interposer through blind vias is very expensive and lacks manufacturing scalability. The metallization method involves a combination of physical vapor deposition (PVD) or sputter deposition to form a seed layer, followed by electroplating of copper. The sputtering or PVD methods and the very complex copper plating operations are very expensive in terms of material and operating costs, and require highly trained technicians to operate the process. The equipment required to run these processes is extremely expensive and difficult to scale up to high-volume manufacturing. Depending on the hole diameter and aspect ratio, the copper plating process can take from 1 to 8 hours per substrate. The electroplating process requires each substrate to be plated in a separate operating unit with complex analysis and distribution control and precise electric field distribution across the substrate.
延伸超出基板表面的電鍍銅沉積物在本發明所屬技術領域中被稱作「超覆層(overburden)」。為了使銅電鍍沉積物齊平或與基板表面齊平,需要使用化學機械研磨(CMP)進行二次加工。CMP製程的維護與操作需要高度熟練的技術人員來進行監控和控制以實現一致的結果。銅是一種相對較軟的金屬,且以機械去除多餘銅的方法受到軟銅加載到研磨材料中的限制。 Electroplated copper deposits that extend beyond the substrate surface are referred to in the art as "overburden". In order to level the electroplated copper deposits or flush with the substrate surface, a secondary process using chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) is required. The maintenance and operation of the CMP process requires highly skilled technicians to monitor and control to achieve consistent results. Copper is a relatively soft metal, and mechanical removal of excess copper is limited by the loading of the soft copper into the polishing material.
第二個沉積銅或其他導電材料到中介層基板中的導通孔中的方法為利用金屬墨水。金屬墨水通常以分散在黏合樹酯或其他聚合物中便於孔洞填充的金屬粉末以及防止金屬粉末氧化的封端劑來配製。以金屬墨水與樹酯或封端劑填充孔洞之後,必須將所有有機材料揮發且將其從金屬粉末中去除以實現合理的導電性。揮發此等有機化合物所需的溫度可達到400℃到800℃。揮發有機化合物後留下的碳灰可能對最佳導電性產生負面影響,並留下孔洞不連續填充的顯著可能性。經填充的孔洞或導通孔中存在不連續或電氣開口區域的可能性是無法接受的。 The second method of depositing copper or other conductive materials into vias in interposer substrates is to utilize metal inks. Metal inks are typically formulated with metal powder dispersed in a binder resin or other polymer to facilitate hole filling, and a capping agent to prevent oxidation of the metal powder. After the holes are filled with the metal ink and resin or capping agent, all organic materials must be volatilized and removed from the metal powder to achieve reasonable conductivity. The temperatures required to volatilize these organic compounds can reach 400°C to 800°C. The carbon ash left behind after the volatilization of the organic compounds can negatively impact optimal conductivity and leave a significant possibility of discontinuous filling of the hole. The possibility of discontinuities or electrically open areas in the filled hole or via is unacceptable.
大多此等製程僅在非常有限的孔洞長/寬比下操作,且很難以一 致的方式製造窄或超寬的孔洞。 Most of these processes operate only within very limited hole length/width ratios and have difficulty making narrow or ultra-wide holes in a consistent manner.
在一個態樣中,提供一種生產電器元件的方法。方法可包括引入至少一個懸浮液到孔洞中的步驟,孔洞從玻璃基板的第一表面延伸穿過玻璃基板到玻璃基板的第二表面,其中至少一個懸浮液包括第一及第二雙峰顆粒,其中第一及第二雙峰顆粒包含不同的金屬,且第二雙峰金屬的熔點低於第一雙峰金屬的熔點。方法可進一步包括從洞孔排空液體介質的步驟,使得第二雙峰顆粒設置在由第一雙峰顆粒界定的間隙中。方法可進一步包括燒結孔洞中的第一及第二雙峰顆粒的步驟,從而界定具有沿橫向方向彼此相對的第一端及第二端的導電基質,其中導電基質界定從第一端到第二端的導電路徑。 In one aspect, a method for producing an electrical component is provided. The method may include the step of introducing at least one suspension into a hole extending from a first surface of a glass substrate through the glass substrate to a second surface of the glass substrate, wherein the at least one suspension includes first and second bimodal particles, wherein the first and second bimodal particles include different metals, and the melting point of the second bimodal metal is lower than the melting point of the first bimodal metal. The method may further include the step of draining the liquid medium from the hole so that the second bimodal particles are disposed in a gap defined by the first bimodal particles. The method may further include the step of sintering the first and second bimodal particles in the hole, thereby defining a conductive matrix having a first end and a second end opposite to each other in a transverse direction, wherein the conductive matrix defines a conductive path from the first end to the second end.
20:基板 20: Substrate
21:中介層 21: Intermediate layer
22:第一表面 22: First surface
23:第一開口 23: First opening
24:第二表面 24: Second surface
25:第二開口 25: Second opening
26:孔洞 26: Holes
27:孔洞陣列 27: Hole array
28:通孔 28:Through hole
30:盲孔/埋孔 30: Blind/buried vias
34:導電導通孔 34: Conductive vias
35:導電填充 35: Conductive filling
36:穿導通孔 36:Through-hole
37:導電重分佈層 37: Conductive redistribution layer
39:埋導通孔 39:Buried vias
40:方法 40: Methods
41:空氣 41: Air
42:步驟 42: Steps
44:步驟 44: Steps
46:填充及去除步驟 46: Filling and removal steps
50:堆積步驟/壓製步驟 50: Stacking step/pressing step
52:燒結步驟 52: Sintering step
53:硬壓製步驟/填充及堆積順序 53: Hard pressing steps/filling and stacking sequence
54:密封步驟 54: Sealing step
56:步驟 56: Steps
60:懸浮液 60: Suspension liquid
60a:第一懸浮液 60a: First suspension
60b:第二懸浮液 60b: Second suspension
62:顆粒 62: Particles
62a:第一顆粒 62a: The first particle
62b:第二顆粒 62b: Second particle
63:第一或初始堆積粉末 63: First or initial accumulation of powder
64:流體介質 64: Fluid medium
65:第一填充 65: First filling
66:第一雙峰間隙/第一三峰間隙 66: First double peak gap/first triple peak gap
67:堆積粉末/填充 67: Powder accumulation/filling
68:分散體 68:Dispersion
69:第三三峰間隙 69: The gap between the third and third peaks
70:單峰分佈 70: Single peak distribution
72:雙峰分佈 72: Bimodal distribution
73:三峰分佈 73: Three-peak distribution
74:第一雙峰顆粒/第一三峰顆粒 74: The first bimodal granules/the first trimodal granules
75:第二雙峰間隙/第二三峰間隙 75: Second double peak gap/Second triple peak gap
76:第二雙峰顆粒/第二三峰顆粒 76: Second bimodal particles/second trimodal particles
77:高度堆積粉末 77: Highly stacked powder
78:第三雙峰顆粒/第三三峰顆粒 78: The third bimodal granules/the third trimodal granules
79:堆積粉末 79: Pile up powder
81:堆積粉末 81: Powder accumulation
82:流體壓力填充裝置 82: Fluid pressure filling device
84:真空填充裝置 84: Vacuum filling device
85:懸掛式真空裝置 85: Suspended vacuum device
86:框架 86:Framework
87:框架主體 87:Framework body
90:真空腔室 90: Vacuum chamber
91:出口 91:Export
92:開口端 92: Open end
94:密合墊 94:Sealing pad
95:插塞 95: Plug
96:凸架 96: convex frame
97:內表面 97: Inner surface
98:密封構件 98: Sealing components
99:外表面 99: External surface
100:濾介質 100: Filter media
102:第一界面 102: First interface
103:棒 103: Great
104:第二界面 104: Second interface
106:排除區域 106: Exclude area
108:支撐構件 108: Supporting components
110:對準區域 110: Alignment area
112:受影響區域 112:Affected areas
114:排液管 114: Drain pipe
116:擋板 116:Block
118:外殼 118: Shell
119a:第一積層板 119a: First stacking plate
119b:第二積層板 119b: Second stacking plate
120:外層板 120: Outer layer
120a:第一外層板 120a: First outer layer
120b:第二外層板 120b: Second outer layer
121:熔融材料 121: Molten material
122:內層 122: Inner layer
122a:第一內層 122a: First inner layer
122b:第二內層 122b: Second inner layer
124:內部空間 124:Inner space
126:封閉體 126: Closed body
130:堆積主體填充 130: Stacking main body filling
132:最終堆積粉末 132: Final accumulation of powder
134:最終填充 134: Final filling
136:氣隙 136: Air gap
140:硬壓機 140:Hard press
142:第一及第二壓製表面 142: First and second pressing surfaces
144:桿 144: Rod
145:頸 145: Neck
146:外端/外凸塊 146: Outer end/outer protrusion
148:第一及第二壓製構件 148: First and second pressed components
149:晶粒邊界 149: Grain boundary
150:離心機/離心力 150: Centrifuge/Centrifugal force
152:輪轂 152: wheel hub
154:臂 154: Arm
156:箕斗 156: Jidou
157:支撐表面/內表面 157: Support surface/inner surface
158:遠端壁 158: Far wall
159:幾何中心 159: Geometry Center
160:支撐構件 160: Supporting components
161:端蓋 161: End cover
162:堆積粉末 162: Powder accumulation
164:烘箱 164: Oven
166:棒 166: Great
170:溝槽 170: Groove
200:靜電填充裝置 200: Electrostatic filling device
202:弱化區域 202: Weakened area
204:導電層 204: Conductive layer
205:第二電荷 205: Second charge
206:非反應性遮罩 206: Non-Reactive Mask
209:搖動構件 209: Shaking component
500:例示性組件 500: Exemplary components
D1:第一距離 D1: First distance
D2:第二距離 D2: Second distance
當結合附圖閱讀時,將更好地理解前述發明內容以及以下本申請例示性具體實例的實施方式。出於說明本申請的鎖定結構的目的,圖式中示出了例示性具體實例。然而,應理解到本申請不限制於所示出的精確配置及手段。在圖式中:[圖1A]是具有複數個孔洞陣列的基板的透視圖,每個孔洞陣列界定各自複數個孔洞;[圖1B]是圖1A所示的基板的一部分的示意性側剖視立面圖,其示出通孔(through hole)及盲孔;[圖2A]是類似於圖1的示意性側剖視立面圖,但其示出包括導電填充的孔洞,從而界定導電導通孔以及導通孔上方的導電重分佈層;[圖2B]是圖2A中所示的其中一個導通孔的SEM顯微照片; [圖3]是說明用於導電填充圖1B所示的孔洞以生產圖2所示的導電導通孔的方法的步驟流程圖;[圖4A]是導電顆粒在液體介質中的的懸浮液的透視圖;[圖4B]是攪拌後懸浮液的透視圖;[圖4C]是第二懸浮液的透視圖;[圖5]是真空填充裝置的示意性剖視圖,該真空填充裝置配置以將懸浮液驅入基板的孔洞中;[圖6A]是圖1B所示的基板的一部分的示意性側視立面圖,其在使用圖5所示的真空填充裝置的第一次填充操作從而在其中一個孔洞中生產第一導電填充之後示出;[圖6B]是圖6A所示的在壓製操作增加第一導電填充的填充密度之後基板的一部分的示意性側視立面圖;[圖7A]是圖4A到圖4B所示的懸浮液的顆粒的示意圖,其示出包括實質上單一尺寸的導電顆粒;[圖7B]是圖4A到圖4B所示的懸浮液的顆粒的示意性剖視圖,其示出根據一個替代具體實例的包括小顆粒及大顆粒的雙峰分佈;[圖7C]是圖4A到圖4B所示的懸浮液的顆粒的示意性剖視圖,其示出包括小顆粒、大顆粒及中型顆粒的三峰分佈;[圖8A]是示出的設置在外殼中的基板的示意性剖視圖,該外殼配置以在填充操作及去除液體介質之後壓縮顆粒;[圖8B]是設置在圖8A所示的外殼中的基板的示意性剖視圖,其示出與基板表面接觸的外殼;[圖8C]是設置在圖8B所示的外殼中的基板的示意性剖視圖,但其示出在壓製操作期間在壓力下的外殼,以將顆粒密集地堆積在基板的孔洞中; [圖9A]是圖6A所示的基板的一部分的示意性側視立面圖,其在使用圖5所示的真空填充設備的後續填充操作之後示出;[圖9B]是圖9A所示的基板的一部分的示意性側視立面圖,其在壓製隨後填充並使用圖5所示的真空填充設備添加第三填充操作之後示出;[圖9C]是圖9A所示的基板的一部分的示意性側視立面圖,其在第二及第三填充操作之後示出;[圖10]是類似於圖5的懸掛示真空填充設備的示意性剖視圖,但其配置以懸掛基板;[圖11]是圖9C所示的基板的示意性側剖視圖,其示出由真空填充設備所填充;[圖12A]是圖11所示的基板的示意性側剖視立面圖,其在複數個填充、乾燥及壓製操作序列之後示出,且示出填充有小顆粒的最終填充懸浮液的孔洞;[圖12B]是圖12A所示的基板的放大示意性側剖視立面圖,其在壓製小顆粒之後示出;[圖12C]是圖12A所示的基板的放大示意性側剖視立面圖,其示出根據一個實施例的經填充的孔洞;[圖13A到圖13C]示出在一個實施例中在填充操作期間輸送懸浮液到基板的孔洞的方法,由此;[圖13A]示出初始角度取向的基板;[圖13B]示出處於第一角度取向的基板,該第一角度取向不同於初始角度取向;[圖13C]示出處於第二角度取向的基板,該第二角度取向相反於第一角度取向;[圖13D]示出在另一個實施例中在填充操作期間輸送懸浮液到基板的孔洞的 方法;[圖14]是燒結基板的方法步驟的示意性側剖視立面圖;[圖15A]是在壓製之後且在燒結之前孔洞中相鄰顆粒的示意性側視圖;[圖15B]是在燒結之後孔洞中相鄰顆粒的示意性側視圖;[圖16A]是圖14所示的基板的示意性側視圖(但是在燒結之後),其示出表面精整操作;[圖16B]是圖16A所示的基板的示意性側視圖,其示出在表面精整操作後經氣密密封;[圖17]是圖16A中的基板的示意圖,其示出根據一個實例施施加到基板的導電重分佈層;[圖18A]是圖16A的基板的示意圖,其示出在其外表面中形成的溝槽;[圖18B]是圖18A的基板的示意圖,其示出施加到溝槽170中的基板的導電重分佈層;[圖19A]是根據一個替代具體實例用於填充孔洞的離心機的示意性俯視平面圖,其示出具有複數個可旋轉的箕斗;[圖19B]是圖1A所示的基板的示意性側視立面圖,其示出放置在其中一個箕斗中並被導電顆粒懸浮液覆蓋的圖;[圖19C]是圖19B所示的箕斗的示意性側視圖,其示出在離心機旋轉期間定向的箕斗;[圖19D]是圖19C所示的箕斗的示意性側視圖,其在離心力迫使導電顆粒進入基板的孔洞之後示出;[圖19E]是圖19D所示的箕斗的示意性側視圖,其示出從基板的外表面去除懸浮液;[圖20A]是燒蝕之後表現出弱化區域的基板的示意圖; [圖20B]是圖20A所示的基板的示意圖,但其示出施加到基板內表面的導電層;[圖20C]是圖20B所示的基板的示意圖,但其示出被去除以露出孔洞的弱化區域,且包括施加到導電層的遮罩;[圖20D]是圖20C所示的基板的示意圖,但其示出正被驅入孔洞的導電顆粒;[圖20E]是圖20C所示的基板的示意圖,但其示出堆積在孔洞中並沿孔洞的整個長度延伸的導電顆粒;[圖20F]是圖20E所示的基板的示意圖,但其示出在一個實施例中去除導電層;[圖20G]是類似於圖20D的示意圖,但其示出根據另一個實施例施加靜電力到懸浮液從而填充基板的孔洞;[圖21A]是根據另一個實施例施加硬壓製於經過度填充的基板的示意圖;[圖21B]是在硬壓操作之後基板的示意圖;[圖22]是配置成安裝到本文所述類型的中介層的元件組裝的示意圖。 When read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, the aforementioned invention and the following exemplary embodiments of the present application will be better understood. For the purpose of illustrating the locking structure of the present application, exemplary embodiments are shown in the drawings. However, it should be understood that the present application is not limited to the precise configurations and means shown. In the drawings: [FIG. 1A] is a perspective view of a substrate having a plurality of hole arrays, each hole array defining a plurality of holes; [FIG. 1B] is a schematic side elevation view of a portion of the substrate shown in FIG. 1A, showing through holes (through holes) hole) and blind hole; [FIG. 2A] is a schematic side elevation view similar to FIG. 1, but showing a hole including a conductive fill to define a conductive via and a conductive redistribution layer above the via; [FIG. 2B] is a SEM micrograph of one of the vias shown in FIG. 2A; [FIG. 3] is a diagram illustrating a method for conductively filling the hole shown in FIG. 1B to produce the conductive via shown in FIG. [FIG. 4A] is a perspective view of a suspension of conductive particles in a liquid medium; [FIG. 4B] is a perspective view of the suspension after stirring; [FIG. 4C] is a perspective view of a second suspension; [FIG. 5] is a schematic cross-sectional view of a vacuum filling device configured to drive the suspension into the holes of the substrate; [FIG. 6A] is a schematic side elevation view of a portion of the substrate shown in FIG. 1B, which is shown after a first filling operation using the vacuum filling device shown in FIG. 5 to produce a first conductive fill in one of the holes; [FIG. 6B] is a schematic side elevation view of a portion of the substrate shown in FIG. 6A after a pressing operation to increase the filling density of the first conductive fill; [FIG. 7A] is a schematic view of the particles of the suspension shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4B, which shows a substantially single [FIG. 7B] is a schematic cross-sectional view of the particles of the suspension shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4B, which shows a bimodal distribution including small particles and large particles according to an alternative specific example; [FIG. 7C] is a schematic cross-sectional view of the particles of the suspension shown in FIG. 4A to FIG. 4B, which shows a trimodal distribution including small particles, large particles and medium-sized particles; [FIG. 8A] is a schematic cross-sectional view of the particles set in the housing FIG. 8B is a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate disposed in the housing shown in FIG. 8A, the housing being configured to compress the particles after a filling operation and removal of the liquid medium; FIG. 8C is a schematic cross-sectional view of a substrate disposed in the housing shown in FIG. 8B, but showing the housing under pressure during a pressing operation to compact the particles. [FIG. 9A] is a schematic side elevation view of a portion of the substrate shown in FIG. 6A, which is shown after a subsequent filling operation using the vacuum filling apparatus shown in FIG. 5; [FIG. 9B] is a schematic side elevation view of a portion of the substrate shown in FIG. 9A, which is shown after pressing followed by filling and adding a third filling operation using the vacuum filling apparatus shown in FIG. 5; [FIG. 9C] is a schematic side elevation view of a portion of the substrate shown in FIG. 9A, which is shown after the second and third filling operations; [FIG. 10] is a schematic cross-sectional view of a hanging vacuum filling apparatus similar to FIG. 5, but configured to hang the substrate; [FIG. 11] is a schematic side cross-sectional view of the substrate shown in FIG. 9C, which is shown filled by the vacuum filling apparatus; [FIG. 12A] is a schematic cross-sectional view of the substrate shown in FIG. 11; [FIG. 12B] is an enlarged schematic side elevation view of the substrate shown in FIG. 12A, which is shown after pressing the small particles; [FIG. 12C] is an enlarged schematic side elevation view of the substrate shown in FIG. 12A, which shows the filled holes according to one embodiment; [FIG. 13A to FIG. 13C] show a method for delivering a suspension to the holes of a substrate during a filling operation in one embodiment, thereby; [FIG. 13A] shows a substrate in an initial angular orientation; [FIG. 13B] shows a substrate in a first angular orientation, which is different from the initial angular orientation; [FIG. 13C] shows a substrate in a second angular orientation, which is opposite to the first angular orientation. [FIG. 13D] shows a method of delivering a suspension to a hole of a substrate during a filling operation in another embodiment; [FIG. 14] is a schematic side elevation view of a method step of sintering a substrate; [FIG. 15A] is a schematic side view of adjacent particles in a hole after pressing and before sintering; [FIG. 15B] is a schematic side view of adjacent particles in a hole after sintering; [FIG. 16 [FIG. 16A] is a schematic side view of the substrate shown in FIG. 14 (but after sintering), which shows the surface finishing operation; [FIG. 16B] is a schematic side view of the substrate shown in FIG. 16A, which shows the airtight sealing after the surface finishing operation; [FIG. 17] is a schematic view of the substrate in FIG. 16A, which shows the conductive redistribution layer applied to the substrate according to an embodiment; [FIG. 18A] is a schematic view of the substrate of FIG. 16A, which shows the grooves formed in its outer surface; [FIG. 18B] is a schematic view of the substrate of FIG. 18A, which shows the conductive redistribution layer applied to the substrate in the groove 170; [FIG. 19A] is a schematic top plan view of a centrifuge for filling holes according to an alternative embodiment, which shows a plurality of rotatable buckets; [FIG. 19B] is a schematic side view of the substrate shown in FIG. 1A [FIG. 19C] is a schematic side view of the bucket shown in FIG. 19B, showing the bucket oriented during rotation of the centrifuge; [FIG. 19D] is a schematic side view of the bucket shown in FIG. 19C, showing the conductive particles after being forced into the pores of the substrate by the centrifugal force; [FIG. 19E] is a schematic side view of the bucket shown in FIG. 19D [FIG. 20A] is a schematic diagram of a substrate showing a weakened area after ablation; [FIG. 20B] is a schematic diagram of the substrate shown in FIG. 20A, but showing a conductive layer applied to the inner surface of the substrate; [FIG. 20C] is a schematic diagram of the substrate shown in FIG. 20B, but showing the weakened area removed to reveal the hole, and including the application of 20D] is a schematic diagram of the substrate shown in FIG. 20C, but showing conductive particles being driven into the holes; [FIG. 20E] is a schematic diagram of the substrate shown in FIG. 20C, but showing conductive particles accumulated in the holes and extending along the entire length of the holes; [FIG. 20F] is a schematic diagram of the substrate shown in FIG. 20E, but showing the conductive layer removed in one embodiment; [FIG. 20 [0G] is a schematic diagram similar to FIG. 20D, but showing application of electrostatic force to a suspension to fill the holes of a substrate according to another embodiment; [FIG. 21A] is a schematic diagram of application of hard pressing to an overfilled substrate according to another embodiment; [FIG. 21B] is a schematic diagram of a substrate after the hard pressing operation; [FIG. 22] is a schematic diagram of a component assembly configured to be mounted to an interposer of the type described herein.
本申請中可描述一或多個不同的揭示。此外,對於本文所述的一或多個揭示,可描述許多替代具體實例;應理解到此等替代具體實例僅出於說明性目的而呈現,且不以任何方式限制本文所含的揭示或本文提出的申請專利範圍。一或多個揭示可廣泛應用於許多具體實例,如可從揭示中顯而易見的。一般來說,會足夠詳細地描述具體實例以使得本發明所屬技術領域中具有通常知識者能夠實施一或多個揭示,且應理解到可利用其他具體實例,並可在不脫離特定揭示的範圍內進行結構、邏輯、軟體、電氣及其他改變。因此,本發明所屬技術領域中具有通常知識者將認識到,可以各種修飾及變更來實現一或多 個揭示。可參考形成本揭示的一部分的一或多個特定具體實例或附圖來描述本文中描述的一或多個揭示的特定特徵,且其中藉圖示的方式示出一或多個揭示的特定具體實例。然而應理解到此等特徵不限於在參考描述其的一或多個具體實例或附圖中的使用。本揭示既非對一或多個揭示的所有具體實例的文字描述,也非必須存在於所有具體實例中的一或多個揭示的特徵的列舉。 One or more different disclosures may be described in this application. In addition, many alternative embodiments may be described for one or more disclosures described herein; it should be understood that such alternative embodiments are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not in any way limit the disclosure contained herein or the scope of the application patents proposed herein. One or more disclosures may be broadly applicable to many embodiments, as may be apparent from the disclosures. Generally, the embodiments will be described in sufficient detail to enable one or more disclosures to be implemented by a person having ordinary knowledge in the art to which the invention belongs, and it should be understood that other embodiments may be utilized and that structural, logical, software, electrical and other changes may be made without departing from the scope of the specific disclosure. Therefore, a person of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains will recognize that one or more disclosures may be implemented with various modifications and alterations. Specific features of one or more disclosures described herein may be described with reference to one or more specific embodiments or drawings forming part of the present disclosure, and wherein one or more specific embodiments of the disclosure are shown by way of illustration. However, it should be understood that such features are not limited to use in reference to the one or more specific embodiments or drawings in which they are described. The present disclosure is neither a literal description of all specific embodiments of one or more disclosures nor an enumeration of features of one or more disclosures that must be present in all specific embodiments.
具有彼此通訊的若干元件的具體實例的描述,並非意味此等元件為必需的。相反地,可描述各種可選擇的組件以說明一或多個揭示的各種可能的具體實例,並為了更全面地說明揭示的一或多個態樣。類似地,雖然可按順序描述製程步驟、方法步驟、算法等,然而此等製程、方法以及算法通常可配置為以交替順序操作(除非特別說明)。換句話說,本專利申請中可能描述的任何順序或次序本身並不表示要求依該順序實施步驟。所述製程的步驟可以任何實際的順序實施。此外,儘管描述一些步驟或暗示其為非同時發生,但仍可以同時實施該等步驟(例如,因為一步驟在另一步驟之後描述)。又此外,可省略方法中或方法步驟內示出的一些步驟。此外,藉圖式中的敘述說明製程並不意味所示製程不包括對該製程的其他變化和修飾、不意味所示製程或其任何步驟對於一或多個的本揭示是必需的,以及不意味所示的製程是較佳的。此外,對於每個具體實例一般只描述步驟一次,但這並不意味該等步驟必須發生一次或該等步驟可能僅在每次進行或執行製程、方法或算法時發生一次。一些步驟可在一些具體實例或一些事件中省略,或者一些步驟可在給定的具體實例或事件中執行一次以上。此外,在一些具體實例中,可移除一些步驟。又此外,可根據需要添加其他步驟。 The description of a specific example with several elements that communicate with each other does not mean that such elements are required. On the contrary, various optional components may be described to illustrate various possible specific examples of one or more disclosures and to more fully illustrate one or more aspects of the disclosure. Similarly, although process steps, method steps, algorithms, etc. may be described in sequence, such processes, methods, and algorithms may generally be configured to operate in an alternating order (unless otherwise specified). In other words, any order or sequence that may be described in this patent application does not itself represent a requirement to perform the steps in that order. The steps of the process may be performed in any practical order. In addition, although some steps are described or implied to occur non-simultaneously, the steps may still be performed simultaneously (for example, because one step is described after another step). Furthermore, some steps shown in the method or in the method steps may be omitted. Furthermore, the description of the process in the figure does not mean that the process shown does not include other variations and modifications to the process, does not mean that the process shown or any of its steps is necessary for one or more of the present disclosures, and does not mean that the process shown is preferred. Furthermore, for each specific example, the steps are generally described only once, but this does not mean that the steps must occur once or that the steps may only occur once each time the process, method or algorithm is performed or executed. Some steps may be omitted in some specific examples or some events, or some steps may be performed more than once in a given specific example or event. Furthermore, in some specific examples, some steps may be removed. Furthermore, other steps may be added as needed.
為了明確,有時將以單數形式描述本文描述或引用的技術與機構。然而應理解的是,除非另有說明,否則特定具體實例可包括多次重複的技術或多次實例化機構。圖式中的製程敘述或是方塊應理解為表示包括用於實現 製程中的特定邏輯功能或步驟的一或多個可執行指令的模塊、片段或部分代碼。如本發明所屬技術領域中具有通常知識者所理解的,取決於所涉及的功能,替換實施包括在本揭示的具體實例的範圍內,其中,例如,功能可不按照所示出或討論的順序執行,包括實質上同時或相反的順序。 For clarity, the techniques and mechanisms described or referenced herein will sometimes be described in singular form. However, it should be understood that unless otherwise stated, a particular embodiment may include multiple repetitions of the technique or multiple instantiations of the mechanism. The process description or block in the figure should be understood to represent a module, segment, or portion of code that includes one or more executable instructions for implementing a specific logical function or step in the process. As understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention belongs, depending on the functions involved, alternative implementations are included within the scope of the specific embodiments of the present disclosure, where, for example, the functions may not be performed in the order shown or discussed, including substantially simultaneous or reverse order.
首先請參照圖1A到圖1B,基板20界定相對的外表面,其包括第一表面22及與第一表面相對的第二表面24。基板20進一步包括複數個孔洞26。孔洞26從第一表面22沿著中心軸線延伸到第二表面24。例如,孔洞26可從第一表面22沿著中心軸線延伸到第二表面24。基板20可切割成直徑150mm、200mm或300mm的晶圓,但認識到基板20可根據需要界定任何合適的直徑或其他最大尺寸。因此,除非另外指明,否則「直徑」乙詞可與「最大橫截面尺寸」乙詞互換使用,以表示參考結構不必是圓形的。 Referring first to FIGS. 1A to 1B , substrate 20 defines opposing outer surfaces including a first surface 22 and a second surface 24 opposing the first surface. Substrate 20 further includes a plurality of holes 26. Holes 26 extend from first surface 22 along a central axis to second surface 24. For example, hole 26 may extend from first surface 22 along a central axis to second surface 24. Substrate 20 may be cut into wafers having a diameter of 150 mm, 200 mm, or 300 mm, but it is recognized that substrate 20 may define any suitable diameter or other maximum dimension as desired. Therefore, unless otherwise specified, the term "diameter" may be used interchangeably with the term "maximum cross-sectional dimension" to indicate that the reference structure need not be circular.
孔洞26可根據需要具有任何適合的直徑。例如,孔洞26可具有在10μm到25μm的範圍的其他橫截面尺寸的直徑。孔洞26可具有沿著其各自中心軸線在100μm到500μm的範圍的深度。此等尺寸是以實施例的方式給出,且應理解的是,可考慮到其他尺寸。孔洞直徑與孔洞深度之間的深寬比對此製程是不受限制的。此外,複數個不同的孔洞直徑可放在相同的基板中。孔洞26的形狀可為圓錐狀、圓柱狀、沙漏狀,或可沿著其長度界定任何合適的形狀。孔洞26可根據需要排列在一或多個孔洞陣列中。因此,基板20可界定一或多個陣列27,其以適合於切割玻璃並將陣列27分成基板20的分離元件的任何合適距離彼此間隔開。雖然玻璃基板可特別適用於某些終端應用,但應理解到,基板可根據需要為玻璃基板、矽基板、陶瓷基板或任何有機基板或任何其他適合替代材料的基板。在一實施例中,當基板20為玻璃基板時,玻璃可實質上無鉛,包括無鉛。在其他實施例中,玻璃可包括鉛。 The holes 26 may have any suitable diameter as desired. For example, the holes 26 may have a diameter with other cross-sectional dimensions in the range of 10 μm to 25 μm. The holes 26 may have a depth along their respective center axes in the range of 100 μm to 500 μm. These dimensions are given by way of example, and it should be understood that other dimensions may be considered. The aspect ratio between the hole diameter and the hole depth is not limited to this process. In addition, a plurality of different hole diameters may be placed in the same substrate. The shape of the holes 26 may be conical, cylindrical, hourglass-shaped, or may define any suitable shape along its length. The holes 26 may be arranged in one or more hole arrays as desired. Thus, substrate 20 may define one or more arrays 27 that are spaced apart from one another at any suitable distance suitable for cutting the glass and separating arrays 27 into separate elements of substrate 20. While glass substrates may be particularly suitable for certain end applications, it should be understood that the substrate may be a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, a ceramic substrate, or any organic substrate or any other suitable alternative material as desired. In one embodiment, when substrate 20 is a glass substrate, the glass may be substantially lead-free, including lead-free. In other embodiments, the glass may include lead.
本文使用的實質上「無鉛」乙詞、其衍生詞與類似含義的詞組可 指鉛的量符合危害性物質限制指令(Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive;RoHS)規範。在一實施例中,「無鉛」、「不含鉛」等詞及其衍生詞可意指鉛的量小於0.1重量%,包括0重量%。或者或更甚者,本文中使用的「無鉛」乙詞、其衍生詞以及類似含義的詞組可意指鉛的量小於0.1體積%。在另一個實施例中,本文中使用的「無鉛」乙詞、其衍生詞以及類似含義的詞組可意指鉛的量小於百萬分之100份(ppm)。 As used herein, the term "substantially lead-free", its derivatives and phrases of similar meaning may mean that the amount of lead complies with the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) specifications. In one embodiment, the term "lead-free", "lead-free", and their derivatives may mean that the amount of lead is less than 0.1% by weight, including 0% by weight. Alternatively or more, the term "lead-free", its derivatives and phrases of similar meaning may mean that the amount of lead is less than 0.1% by volume. In another embodiment, the term "lead-free", its derivatives and phrases of similar meaning may mean that the amount of lead is less than 100 parts per million (ppm).
孔洞26中的至少一或多個可配置為通孔28,其從第一表面22延伸穿過基板20到第二表面24。因此,第一表面22界定通孔28的第一開口23,且第二表面24界定通孔28的第二開口25。除非另有說明,否則通孔28在第一開口23處界定第一端,且在第二開口25處界定第二端。因此,通孔28的第一端與第二端皆向基板20的外周圍開口。通孔28從第一開口23到第二開口25可為直線與線性的。或者,通孔28的一或多個部分可呈角度、彎曲或界定任何合適的替代非直線形狀。 At least one or more of the holes 26 may be configured as a through hole 28 that extends through the substrate 20 from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24. Thus, the first surface 22 defines a first opening 23 of the through hole 28, and the second surface 24 defines a second opening 25 of the through hole 28. Unless otherwise stated, the through hole 28 defines a first end at the first opening 23 and a second end at the second opening 25. Thus, both the first and second ends of the through hole 28 open to the outer periphery of the substrate 20. The through hole 28 may be straight and linear from the first opening 23 to the second opening 25. Alternatively, one or more portions of the through hole 28 may be angled, curved, or define any suitable alternative non-straight shape.
或者或更甚者,孔洞26中的至少一或多個可配置為盲孔30,其可以從第一表面22與第二表面24中的一者朝向第一表面22與第二表面24中的另一者延伸。此外,盲孔可在與第一表面22與第二表面24中的另一者間隔開的位置處終止。因此,盲孔30在第一端處向基板20的一表面開口,並在與第一端相對的第二端處由基板20內部封閉。另外說明的是,盲孔30的第一終端分別在第一表面22與第二表面24處延伸到第一開口23與第二開口25中的一者,且盲孔30的第二終端設置在第一表面22與第二表面24之間。然而認識到盲孔30的第二終端可在另一孔洞26處終止,並因此可與第一開口23與第二開口25兩者流體連通。此外,盲孔30可為線性的,或可具有一或多個相對於彼此呈角度的區段。一或多個區段可包括橫向元件。基板20可包括犧牲孔洞,其從盲孔30延伸到基板20的外表面。例如,當盲孔30直接或通過另一個孔洞對基板20的第一表面22開口 時,犧牲孔洞可從盲孔30的封閉端延伸到第二表面24。 Alternatively or more, at least one or more of the holes 26 may be configured as blind holes 30, which may extend from one of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 toward the other of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. In addition, the blind hole may terminate at a location spaced apart from the other of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. Thus, the blind hole 30 opens to a surface of the substrate 20 at a first end and is closed by the interior of the substrate 20 at a second end opposite to the first end. It is further explained that the first end of the blind hole 30 extends to one of the first opening 23 and the second opening 25 at the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, respectively, and the second end of the blind hole 30 is disposed between the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. However, it is recognized that the second end of the blind hole 30 may terminate at another hole 26 and thus may be in fluid communication with both the first opening 23 and the second opening 25. Furthermore, the blind hole 30 may be linear or may have one or more segments that are angled relative to each other. One or more segments may include lateral elements. The substrate 20 may include a sacrificial hole that extends from the blind hole 30 to an outer surface of the substrate 20. For example, when the blind hole 30 opens to the first surface 22 of the substrate 20 directly or through another hole, the sacrificial hole may extend from the closed end of the blind hole 30 to the second surface 24.
請接著參照圖2A至圖2B,根據一個實施例,一或多個或多達所有的孔洞26可含有導電材料,從而界定導電導通孔34。在一個實施例中,導電材料可包括導電填充35,其設置在各自一或多個或多達所有孔洞26中。包括如圖2A到圖2B所示的導電材料的孔洞陣列27可因此界定導通孔陣列。在這方面,將理解到具有導電導通孔34的基板20可稱作電氣元件。 Referring next to FIGS. 2A-2B , according to one embodiment, one or more or up to all of the holes 26 may contain a conductive material, thereby defining a conductive via 34. In one embodiment, the conductive material may include a conductive fill 35 disposed in each of the one or more or up to all of the holes 26. The hole array 27 including the conductive material as shown in FIGS. 2A-2B may thus define a via array. In this regard, it will be understood that the substrate 20 having the conductive via 34 may be referred to as an electrical component.
特別的是,可說含有導電填充的通孔28界定穿導通孔(through via)36。可說含有導電填充35的埋孔30界定埋導通孔39。因此,本文使用的「導通孔」乙詞及其衍生詞,可指穿導通孔36以及埋導通孔39中的一或兩者。導電填充35可從導通孔34的第一端連續延伸到導通孔34的第二端。因此,導電填充35可沿著在導通孔的第一端與導通孔的第二端之間延伸的方向沿著導通孔34界定導電路徑。例如,可從導通孔34的第一端到導通孔34的第二端界定導電路徑。在這方面,理解到當導通孔34為穿導通孔36時,導通孔34的第一端與第二端可由第一開口23與第二開口25界定。從下述中將理解的是,在一些實施例中,填充35可僅包括導電材料及空氣41。空氣41可包括單獨或與氫氣組合的環境空氣與惰性氣體中的一或兩者。環境空氣包括氧氣、氮氣及地球大氣的其他氣體。在一個實施例中,空氣41可為部分氬氣或純氬氣,其可單獨或與環境空氣結合。或者或更甚者,空氣41可為部分氮氣或純氮氣,其可單獨或與環境空氣結合。 In particular, the through hole 28 containing the conductive fill can be said to define a through via 36. The buried via 30 containing the conductive fill 35 can be said to define a buried via 39. Therefore, the term "via" and its derivatives as used herein may refer to one or both of the through via 36 and the buried via 39. The conductive fill 35 may extend continuously from the first end of the via 34 to the second end of the via 34. Therefore, the conductive fill 35 may define a conductive path along the via 34 along a direction extending between the first end of the via and the second end of the via. For example, a conductive path may be defined from the first end of the via 34 to the second end of the via 34. In this regard, it is understood that when the via 34 is a through via 36, the first end and the second end of the via 34 may be defined by the first opening 23 and the second opening 25. As will be understood from the following, in some embodiments, fill 35 may include only conductive material and air 41. Air 41 may include one or both of ambient air and an inert gas, alone or in combination with hydrogen. Ambient air includes oxygen, nitrogen, and other gases of the Earth's atmosphere. In one embodiment, air 41 may be part or pure argon, alone or in combination with ambient air. Alternatively or more preferably, air 41 may be part or pure nitrogen, alone or in combination with ambient air.
此外,在一些實施例中,至少50體積%的導通孔可僅包括填充35。例如,在一些實施例中,50體積%到100體積%的導通孔可僅包括填充35。特別的是,在一些實施例中,75體積%到100體積%的導通孔可僅包括填充35。例如,90體積%到100體積%的導通孔可僅包括填充35。特別的是,95體積%到100體積%的導通孔可僅包括填充35。 Additionally, in some embodiments, at least 50% by volume of the vias may include only fill 35. For example, in some embodiments, 50% by volume to 100% by volume of the vias may include only fill 35. In particular, in some embodiments, 75% by volume to 100% by volume of the vias may include only fill 35. For example, 90% by volume to 100% by volume of the vias may include only fill 35. In particular, 95% by volume to 100% by volume of the vias may include only fill 35.
基板20可包括至少一或多個導電重分佈層37。重分佈層可施加到 第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。重分佈層37在至少一個導電導通孔34上方延伸,並因此與導電填充35電連通。在一個實施例中,基板20可配置為導電中介層,其配置以在第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者處在藉由導電導通孔彼此電連通的電觸點處形成電連接。 The substrate 20 may include at least one or more conductive redistribution layers 37. The redistribution layer may be applied to one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. The redistribution layer 37 extends over at least one conductive via 34 and is thus electrically connected to the conductive fill 35. In one embodiment, the substrate 20 may be configured as a conductive interlayer configured to form an electrical connection at each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 at electrical contacts that are electrically connected to each other by the conductive vias.
導電填充35可根據需要以任何合適的高導電導電材料界定,從而產生導電導通孔34。如以下將更詳敘的,導電材料可以導電材料的經燒結顆粒界定。在一個實例中,導電材料可為金屬。例如,導電材料可為銅、金、銀或任何合適的替代金屬、或其合金、或其的其他組合。或者,導電材料可為非金屬,例如為導電聚合物。導電材料可進一步包括塗覆在任何合適的不同金屬或非金屬顆粒上的任何合適的金屬或導電聚合物,其可為導電或不導電的。因此,在某些實施例中,導電導通孔34可稱作金屬化導通孔34。類似地,基板20可稱作金屬化基板。從下述將理解,導電導通孔34可適用於傳導直流電流(DC)與射頻(RF)電流兩者。導電填充35在導通孔34中從導通孔的第一端延伸到導通孔的第二端,使得導電材料界定從第一端到第二端的導電路徑。因此,當導通孔34為穿導通孔36時,導電填充35可界定從基板20的第一表面22到第二表面24的導電路徑。 The conductive fill 35 may be defined by any suitable highly conductive conductive material as desired, thereby producing a conductive via 34. As will be described in more detail below, the conductive material may be defined by sintered particles of a conductive material. In one example, the conductive material may be a metal. For example, the conductive material may be copper, gold, silver, or any suitable alternative metal, or alloys thereof, or other combinations thereof. Alternatively, the conductive material may be a non-metal, such as a conductive polymer. The conductive material may further include any suitable metal or conductive polymer coated on any suitable different metal or non-metal particles, which may be conductive or non-conductive. Therefore, in some embodiments, the conductive via 34 may be referred to as a metallized via 34. Similarly, the substrate 20 may be referred to as a metallized substrate. As will be understood from the following, the conductive via 34 can be suitable for conducting both direct current (DC) and radio frequency (RF) current. The conductive fill 35 extends in the via 34 from the first end of the via to the second end of the via, so that the conductive material defines a conductive path from the first end to the second end. Therefore, when the via 34 is a through via 36, the conductive fill 35 can define a conductive path from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24 of the substrate 20.
請接著參照圖3,提供一種用於以導電填充35導電填充孔洞26的方法40,從而產生導電導通孔34。方法始於步驟40,從而獲得基板20以及至少一種懸浮於液體介質中的顆粒的懸浮液60。接著,在步驟44中,可根據需要攪拌該至少一種懸浮液以分散液體介質中的顆粒。 Referring next to FIG. 3 , a method 40 for conductively filling a hole 26 with a conductive fill 35 is provided to produce a conductive via 34 . The method begins at step 40 , whereby a substrate 20 and a suspension 60 of at least one particle suspended in a liquid medium are obtained. Then, in step 44 , the at least one suspension may be stirred as needed to disperse the particles in the liquid medium.
接著,在步驟46中,可以該至少一種懸浮液60的顆粒及液體介質中的一或兩者填充孔洞26。填充步驟可藉由一或兩種壓力迫使懸浮液進入孔洞26來實施,其中壓力可為正壓或負壓、離心力或靜電力。在步驟50中,對顆粒進行壓實。填充步驟46及堆積步驟50界定填充及堆積順序53,其可根據需要重 複數次直到孔洞26獲得期望體積的顆粒62為止。然而,如下方將更詳述的,在一些實施例中可省略堆積步驟50。在一個實施例中,期望體積的顆粒62可從孔洞26的第一端延伸到孔洞26的第二端。當孔洞26為通孔時,顆粒62可延伸到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。在一些實施例中,可以顆粒62過填充孔洞26,使得顆粒62可延伸超過第一表面22及第一表面24中的一或兩者。 Next, in step 46, the hole 26 may be filled with one or both of the particles of the at least one suspension 60 and the liquid medium. The filling step may be performed by forcing the suspension into the hole 26 by one or two pressures, wherein the pressure may be positive or negative pressure, centrifugal force, or electrostatic force. In step 50, the particles are compacted. The filling step 46 and the stacking step 50 define a filling and stacking sequence 53, which may be repeated as many times as necessary until the hole 26 has a desired volume of particles 62. However, as will be described in more detail below, the stacking step 50 may be omitted in some embodiments. In one embodiment, the desired volume of particles 62 may extend from the first end of the hole 26 to the second end of the hole 26. When the hole 26 is a through hole, the particles 62 may extend to one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. In some embodiments, the hole 26 may be overfilled with particles 62 so that the particles 62 may extend beyond one or both of the first surface 22 and the first surface 24.
在步驟52中,對顆粒進行燒結。在燒結步驟中,顆粒62可經受硬壓從而將顆粒62堆積在一起,並分別沿著基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者實質上平坦化。在步驟54中,可密封導通孔,並例如進行表面加工。在一些實施例中,可省略步驟54。因此,方法可從步驟52推進至步驟56。從下述將可理解,顆粒62可與其自身及與基板20形成氣密密封。經燒結顆粒62與空氣的組合可界定導電填充。最後,在步驟56中,施加至少一或多個重分佈層到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。現將更詳述方法40的步驟。 In step 52, the particles are sintered. In the sintering step, the particles 62 may be subjected to hard pressing so that the particles 62 are stacked together and substantially planarized along each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20, respectively. In step 54, the vias may be sealed and, for example, surface processed. In some embodiments, step 54 may be omitted. Thus, the method may proceed from step 52 to step 56. As will be understood below, the particles 62 may form an airtight seal with themselves and with the substrate 20. The combination of the sintered particles 62 and air may define a conductive fill. Finally, in step 56, at least one or more redistribution layers are applied to one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. The steps of method 40 will now be described in more detail.
現在請參照圖1A到圖4A,方法始於步驟42,從而獲得基板20,且至少一種導電顆粒62的懸浮液設置在液體介質64中。步驟42可包括製造圖1所示具有孔洞26的基板20,或者獲得具有孔洞26的基板20。進一步地,步驟42可包括將顆粒懸浮在液體介質中,或者獲得懸浮液60。 Now referring to FIG. 1A to FIG. 4A, the method begins with step 42, whereby a substrate 20 is obtained, and a suspension of at least one conductive particle 62 is disposed in a liquid medium 64. Step 42 may include manufacturing a substrate 20 having holes 26 as shown in FIG. 1, or obtaining a substrate 20 having holes 26. Further, step 42 may include suspending particles in a liquid medium, or obtaining a suspension 60.
如上所述,導電顆粒62可根據需要由任何適合的導電材料界定。例如,導電材料可為金屬,諸如銅、銀、金。或者,導電材料可為多於一種金屬的組合。例如,可將一種金屬塗覆到另一種金屬之上。或者或更甚者,導電材料可為導電聚合物。在一個實施例中,金屬可塗覆導電聚合物。或者,導電聚合物可塗覆其中一種金屬。應理解到一或多種導電金屬及導電聚合物可根據需要塗覆任何合適的金屬。在一個實例中,導電顆粒62可為銀顆粒。或者,導電顆粒62可配置以包括塗覆有銀的銅顆粒。或者,導電顆粒62可配置為未經塗覆的銅顆粒。 As described above, the conductive particles 62 can be defined by any suitable conductive material as desired. For example, the conductive material can be a metal, such as copper, silver, gold. Alternatively, the conductive material can be a combination of more than one metal. For example, one metal can be coated on another metal. Alternatively or more preferably, the conductive material can be a conductive polymer. In one embodiment, the metal can be coated with a conductive polymer. Alternatively, the conductive polymer can be coated with one of the metals. It should be understood that one or more conductive metals and conductive polymers can be coated with any suitable metal as desired. In one example, the conductive particles 62 can be silver particles. Alternatively, the conductive particles 62 can be configured to include copper particles coated with silver. Alternatively, the conductive particles 62 may be configured as uncoated copper particles.
在這方面,認識到銀是高導電金屬。此外,銀是高延展性金屬,其可用於燒結期間。特別的是,本案發明人發現到燒結銀的製程並不會使導通孔填充有銀顆粒的玻璃基板破裂。不希望受理論束縛,咸信銀顆粒的延展性使得基板20在燒結期間及其後能夠膨脹與收縮,而不損壞基板20的結構完整性。同時,銀展現足夠的強度特性。又此外,銅是實質上無孔的金屬,由此增強導通孔34中所得的導電填充35的導電性。 In this regard, it is recognized that silver is a highly conductive metal. In addition, silver is a highly ductile metal, which can be used during sintering. In particular, the inventors of this case have found that the process of sintering silver does not cause the glass substrate with the vias filled with silver particles to crack. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the ductility of the silver particles allows the substrate 20 to expand and contract during sintering and thereafter without damaging the structural integrity of the substrate 20. At the same time, silver exhibits sufficient strength characteristics. In addition, copper is a substantially non-porous metal, thereby enhancing the conductivity of the resulting conductive fill 35 in the via 34.
或者,如上所述,顆粒62可為銅顆粒。儘管認識到銅易氧化,然而咸認在本文所述的方法步驟期間,形成在銅顆粒上的氧化層的形成可被最小化或可自銅顆粒上去除。例如,如下方更詳述的,當在真空或離心力下自孔洞26排空液體介質64時,咸認至少一定量生產自銅顆粒62氧化的氧化銅可自孔洞26去除。此外,如本文所述的燒結銅顆粒62可去除至少一定量的氧化銅,幾乎實質上去除在燒結步驟期間孔洞26中的銅顆粒62氧化生產的所有氧化銅。因此,可能期望在步驟52中以處在氧化銅的還原條件下燒結銅。 Alternatively, as described above, the particles 62 can be copper particles. Although it is recognized that copper is susceptible to oxidation, it is recognized that during the method steps described herein, the formation of an oxide layer formed on the copper particles can be minimized or can be removed from the copper particles. For example, as described in more detail below, when the liquid medium 64 is evacuated from the pores 26 under vacuum or centrifugal force, it is recognized that at least a certain amount of copper oxide produced from oxidation of the copper particles 62 can be removed from the pores 26. In addition, sintering the copper particles 62 as described herein can remove at least a certain amount of copper oxide, and substantially remove all of the copper oxide produced by oxidation of the copper particles 62 in the pores 26 during the sintering step. Therefore, it may be desirable to sinter the copper in step 52 under reducing conditions for the cupric oxide.
此外,可將至少一種抗氧化劑施加到顆粒62,特別是當顆粒62為銅時。在一些實施例中,至少一種抗氧化劑可防止或減少銅顆粒62的氧化。或者或更甚者,該至少一種抗氧化劑可減少形成在銅顆粒上的氧化。在將顆粒62放置到液體介質64中之前,抗氧化劑可施加到顆粒62。 Additionally, at least one antioxidant may be applied to the particles 62, particularly when the particles 62 are copper. In some embodiments, the at least one antioxidant may prevent or reduce oxidation of the copper particles 62. Alternatively or more preferably, the at least one antioxidant may reduce oxidation that forms on the copper particles. The antioxidant may be applied to the particles 62 prior to placing the particles 62 in the liquid medium 64.
例如,抗氧化劑可配置為塗覆顆粒62以界定隔層的抗氧化塗層,該隔層阻止顆粒62暴露到環境空氣中的氧氣,並因此防止或減少銅顆粒62的氧化。例如,抗氧化塗層可配置為如下述類型的抗凝聚塗層。在其他實施例中,至少一種抗氧化劑可包括吸氣材料,其對例如空氣中氧氣的親和力高於銅對例如空氣中氧氣的親和力。對顆粒62進行燒結的步驟可在顆粒62存在吸氣材料的同時實施,以減少在顆粒62的燒結期間存在的銅的氧化。在一些實例中,吸氣材料可為銅或鈦或其他耐火材料。不希望受理論或特定調配物的束縛,至少一 種抗氧化劑可包括諸如鈦酸新烷氧基酯(neoalkoxy titanate)的抗氧化塗層,其可施加到銅顆粒以防止或減少銅顆粒62的氧化。鈦酸新烷氧基酯的一個實例為LICA38(商品名),可購自Kenrich Petrochemicals,Inc.(企業營業地位於Bayonne,NJ)。 For example, the antioxidant may be configured as an antioxidant coating that coats the particles 62 to define a barrier that blocks exposure of the particles 62 to oxygen in the ambient air and thereby prevents or reduces oxidation of the copper particles 62. For example, the antioxidant coating may be configured as an anti-agglomeration coating of the type described below. In other embodiments, at least one antioxidant may include a getter material that has a higher affinity for, for example, oxygen in the air than copper has for, for example, oxygen in the air. The step of sintering the particles 62 may be performed while the getter material is present in the particles 62 to reduce oxidation of the copper present during sintering of the particles 62. In some examples, the getter material may be copper or titanium or other refractory material. Without wishing to be bound by theory or a particular formulation, at least one antioxidant may include an antioxidant coating such as a neoalkoxy titanate, which may be applied to the copper particles to prevent or reduce oxidation of the copper particles 62. An example of a neoalkoxy titanate is LICA 38 (trade name), available from Kenrich Petrochemicals, Inc. (doing business in Bayonne, NJ).
如圖7A所示,當顆粒62堆積時,可能希望其實質上是球形的,孔洞26中的顆粒62在其之間界定各自間隙66(請參照例如圖7A),該等間隙可結合以界定至少一個用於從孔洞26排空液體介質的液體流動路徑,從而在孔洞26中留下顆粒62。因此,「實質上是球形的」乙詞認識到顆粒62可能並非完美的球形,但其可近似於球形以達到所得的間隙66界定可靠流動路徑的程度。因此,顆粒62可界定其在界定本文所述的間隙66的任何形狀。因此,顆粒62可為至少部分或全部彎曲的,或者或更甚者可包括直邊緣(straight edge)。此外,應理解到當孔洞26至少部分或完全經顆粒62填充時,填充35可包括由間隙66所界定的孔。應理解到間隙可界定孔洞26中的導電材料的內部氣孔。在一些實施例中,實質上導電填充35所有的孔可由間隙界定。除非另有說明,否則本文使用的「實質上」、「近似」等詞、其衍生詞及類似含義的詞組可表示在所述值或形狀的10%以內。 As shown in FIG. 7A , when the particles 62 are stacked, it may be desirable that they are substantially spherical, with the particles 62 in the pores 26 defining respective gaps 66 therebetween (see, e.g., FIG. 7A ), which gaps may combine to define at least one liquid flow path for draining the liquid medium from the pores 26, thereby leaving the particles 62 in the pores 26. Thus, the term “substantially spherical” recognizes that the particles 62 may not be perfectly spherical, but may approximate a spherical shape to the extent that the resulting gaps 66 define a reliable flow path. Thus, the particles 62 may define any shape that defines the gaps 66 described herein. Thus, the particles 62 may be at least partially or fully curved, or, more particularly, may include straight edges. Additionally, it should be understood that when voids 26 are at least partially or completely filled with particles 62, fill 35 may include pores defined by gaps 66. It should be understood that the gaps may define internal pores of the conductive material in voids 26. In some embodiments, substantially all of the pores of conductive fill 35 may be defined by gaps. Unless otherwise specified, the words "substantially", "approximately", their derivatives and phrases of similar meaning as used herein may mean within 10% of the stated value or shape.
此外,如下方更詳述的,可能希望導電顆粒62可為微晶控制的,從而顆粒62可在沒有顯著緻密化下燒結。雖然希望銀或銅為盡可能純,並因此沒有有機材料,然而認識到生產實質上球形的銀或銅且是微晶控制的顆粒的製程可生產具有微量有機材料的顆粒。因此,相對於顆粒62的材料使用的「實質上純的」可表示大於90重量%的純材料。在一個實施例中,顆粒62可為大於95重量%的純材料。例如,顆粒62可為大於98重量%的純材料。也就是說,顆粒62可不含超過2重量%的有機雜質。例如,顆粒62可約為98.3重量%的純材料。除非另外說明,否則在一個實施例中,實質上純的顆粒62可意指10重量%或更少的有 機材料,諸如小於5重量%的有機材料,且在一個實施例中,小於2重量%的有機材料。例如,顆粒62可具有約為1.7重量%的有機材料。在一個實施例中,固態顆粒62具有不大於約5體積%的孔隙度。 In addition, as described in more detail below, it may be desirable that the conductive particles 62 may be crystallite controlled so that the particles 62 may be sintered without significant densification. While it is desirable that the silver or copper be as pure as possible and therefore free of organic material, it is recognized that processes that produce substantially spherical silver or copper particles that are crystallite controlled may produce particles with trace amounts of organic material. Therefore, "substantially pure" as used with respect to the material of the particles 62 may mean greater than 90% pure material by weight. In one embodiment, the particles 62 may be greater than 95% pure material by weight. For example, the particles 62 may be greater than 98% pure material by weight. That is, the particles 62 may not contain more than 2% organic impurities by weight. For example, the particles 62 may be approximately 98.3% pure material by weight. Unless otherwise specified, in one embodiment, substantially pure particles 62 may mean 10% or less organic material by weight, such as less than 5% organic material by weight, and in one embodiment, less than 2% organic material by weight. For example, the particles 62 may have approximately 1.7% organic material by weight. In one embodiment, the solid particles 62 have a porosity of no greater than approximately 5% by volume.
因此,雖然導電材料可包括如上所述少量的有機材料,然而可說所得的導通孔34可僅包括導電材料及空氣。進一步可說所得的導通孔34可實質上由導電材料及空氣所組成。如上所述,在一些實例中,導電材料可為諸如銀或銅的金屬,然而如本文所述可考慮其他材料。或者,銀或銅可與導電聚合物混合以在氣隙中得到更大的傳導。此外,顆粒62可為實質上無孔的,所得的經燒結基質51提供從導通孔的第一端到導通孔的第二端的高導電路徑。在一個實施例中,導通孔可以期望的速率傳導DC電流及射頻(RF)電流。 Thus, while the conductive material may include a small amount of organic material as described above, it can be said that the resulting via 34 may include only the conductive material and air. It can further be said that the resulting via 34 may consist essentially of the conductive material and air. As described above, in some examples, the conductive material may be a metal such as silver or copper, although other materials are contemplated as described herein. Alternatively, the silver or copper may be mixed with a conductive polymer to provide greater conduction in the air gap. In addition, the particles 62 may be substantially non-porous, and the resulting sintered matrix 51 provides a highly conductive path from the first end of the via to the second end of the via. In one embodiment, the via may conduct DC current and radio frequency (RF) current at a desired rate.
例如,導電導通孔34可沿著其整個長度傳導RF電流,且插入損失在操作頻率約20千兆赫(GHz)時不大於約-0.15分貝(dB)。例如,在一些實施例中,插入損失在操作頻率約20GHz時可不大於約-1dB。例如,在一些實施例中,插入損失在操作頻率約20GHz時可不大於約-0.5dB。例如,在一些實施例中,插入損失在操作頻率約20GHz時可不大於約-0.3dB。例如,在一些實施例中,插入損失在操作頻率約20GHz時可不大於約-0.1dB。上下文中「不大於」乙詞用於表示「不低於」所述的分貝。 For example, the conductive via 34 may conduct RF current along its entire length with an insertion loss of no more than about -0.15 decibels (dB) at an operating frequency of about 20 gigahertz (GHz). For example, in some embodiments, the insertion loss may be no more than about -1 dB at an operating frequency of about 20 GHz. For example, in some embodiments, the insertion loss may be no more than about -0.5 dB at an operating frequency of about 20 GHz. For example, in some embodiments, the insertion loss may be no more than about -0.3 dB at an operating frequency of about 20 GHz. For example, in some embodiments, the insertion loss may be no more than about -0.1 dB at an operating frequency of about 20 GHz. The term "no more than" is used in this context to mean "no less than" the stated decibel.
液體介質可根據需要為任何合適的液體介質,以懸浮導電顆粒62。在一個實例中,液體介質64可為醇類。特別的是,醇類可為異丙醇、乙醇及甲醇中的其中一者。在這方面,認識到諸如銀和銅的金屬可具有Zeta電位或電表面電荷(electrical surface charge)。因此,金屬顆粒可因此彼此凝聚在一起。此外,顆粒可與可帶靜電的基板相互作用(例如當基板為玻璃基板時),且可彼此相互作用。醇類可略帶極性,且因此可配置以中和顆粒62的Zeta電位。 The liquid medium may be any suitable liquid medium as needed to suspend the conductive particles 62. In one example, the liquid medium 64 may be an alcohol. In particular, the alcohol may be one of isopropyl alcohol, ethanol, and methanol. In this regard, it is recognized that metals such as silver and copper may have a zeta potential or electrical surface charge. Therefore, the metal particles may thus agglomerate with each other. In addition, the particles may interact with a substrate that may be electrostatically charged (for example, when the substrate is a glass substrate), and may interact with each other. The alcohol may be slightly polar, and therefore may be configured to neutralize the zeta potential of the particles 62.
可根據需要調整顆粒62的尺寸。將理解到可能希望顆粒62的尺寸 足夠大,使得間隙66界定可靠液體流動路徑以從基板20的孔洞26中排空液體,同時在孔洞26中留下導電材料。然而,可能希望顆粒62的尺寸足夠小,使得所得的導通孔34含有適當體積的顆粒的導電材料,從而界定從導通孔的第一端到導通孔的第二端的可靠電性路徑。在一個實施例中,顆粒62可具有約1微到約10微米的範圍的平均粒徑,諸如約2微米到約10微米。在一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2微米到約4微米的範圍。在另一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2.5微米到約3.5微米的範圍。 The size of the particles 62 may be adjusted as desired. It will be appreciated that it may be desirable to have the size of the particles 62 large enough so that the gaps 66 define a reliable liquid flow path to drain the liquid from the holes 26 of the substrate 20 while leaving the conductive material in the holes 26. However, it may be desirable to have the size of the particles 62 small enough so that the resulting vias 34 contain an appropriate volume of the conductive material of the particles to define a reliable electrical path from the first end of the via to the second end of the via. In one embodiment, the particles 62 may have an average particle size in a range of about 1 micron to about 10 microns, such as about 2 microns to about 10 microns. In one embodiment, the average particle size of the particles 62 may be in a range of about 2 microns to about 4 microns. In another embodiment, the average particle size of particles 62 may be in the range of about 2.5 microns to about 3.5 microns.
然而,認識到在排空液體介質64之後,可將輔助導電材料添加到間隙66中的顆粒62以作為部分導電填充。特別的是,可設想在燒結之前添加輔助導電材料。或者或更甚者,可設想在燒結之後添加輔助導電材料到孔洞中。可靠電性路徑可配置以可靠地傳導DC電流及RF電流中的一或兩者。在一個實施例中,懸浮液60的顆粒62可具有約1微米到約10微米的範圍的平均粒徑。在一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2微米到約4微米的範圍。在另一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2.5微米到約3.5微米的範圍。 However, it is recognized that after the liquid medium 64 is emptied, auxiliary conductive material can be added to the particles 62 in the gap 66 as a partial conductive fill. In particular, it is contemplated that the auxiliary conductive material is added before sintering. Alternatively or more preferably, it is contemplated that the auxiliary conductive material is added to the hole after sintering. The reliable electrical path can be configured to reliably conduct one or both of DC current and RF current. In one embodiment, the particles 62 of the suspension 60 can have an average particle size in the range of about 1 micron to about 10 microns. In one embodiment, the average particle size of the particles 62 can be in the range of about 2 microns to about 4 microns. In another embodiment, the average particle size of the particles 62 can be in the range of about 2.5 microns to about 3.5 microns.
在一個實施例中,導電填充35可包括尺寸不相同的熔融顆粒。在一個實施例中,顆粒可在燒結操作期間熔融。例如,至少一個懸浮液60可包括第一懸浮液60a及第二懸浮液60b。如圖4B所示,第一懸浮液60a可含有懸浮在液體介質64中的複數個第一顆粒62a。如圖4C所示,第二懸浮液60b可含有懸浮在液體介質64中的複數個第二顆粒62b。第一顆粒62a可包括本文所述的任何合適的導電材料。類似地,第二顆粒62b可包括本文所述的任何合適的導電材料。在一個實施例中,第一顆粒62a及第二顆粒62b可由各自可為相同的材料界定。在另一個實施例中,第一顆粒62a及第二顆粒62b可由各自可為不相同的材料界定。如下方將理解的,在一些實施例中,導電填充可包括第一顆粒62a的主體填充(bulk fill),以及第二顆粒62b的最終填充,其由主體填充延伸到導通孔的第 一端和第二端。 In one embodiment, the conductive fill 35 may include molten particles of different sizes. In one embodiment, the particles may be melted during the sintering operation. For example, at least one suspension 60 may include a first suspension 60a and a second suspension 60b. As shown in Figure 4B, the first suspension 60a may contain a plurality of first particles 62a suspended in a liquid medium 64. As shown in Figure 4C, the second suspension 60b may contain a plurality of second particles 62b suspended in a liquid medium 64. The first particles 62a may include any suitable conductive material described herein. Similarly, the second particles 62b may include any suitable conductive material described herein. In one embodiment, the first particles 62a and the second particles 62b may be defined by materials that may be the same. In another embodiment, the first particle 62a and the second particle 62b may be defined by materials that may be different from each other. As will be understood below, in some embodiments, the conductive fill may include a bulk fill of the first particle 62a and a final fill of the second particle 62b that extends from the bulk fill to the first end and the second end of the via.
當第一顆粒62a與第二材料62b的材料為相同材料時,材料可為從孔洞26的第一端到孔洞26的第二端的單一均質材料。當孔洞26為通孔時,可說材料可為從基板20的第一表面22到基板20的第二表面24的單一均質材料。當材料為金屬時,則可說金屬為從第一表面到第二表面的單一均勻金屬。或者,第一顆粒62和第二顆粒62b的各自材料可為不相同的材料。此外,第一懸浮液60a和第二懸浮液60b的液體介質64a可為如本文所述的任何合適的液體介質。第一懸浮液60a的液體介質64與第二懸浮液60b的液體介質可為相同的液體介質或不相同的液體介質。 When the material of the first particle 62a and the second material 62b are the same material, the material can be a single homogeneous material from the first end of the hole 26 to the second end of the hole 26. When the hole 26 is a through hole, it can be said that the material can be a single homogeneous material from the first surface 22 of the substrate 20 to the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. When the material is a metal, it can be said that the metal is a single uniform metal from the first surface to the second surface. Alternatively, the respective materials of the first particle 62 and the second particle 62b can be different materials. In addition, the liquid medium 64a of the first suspension 60a and the second suspension 60b can be any suitable liquid medium as described herein. The liquid medium 64 of the first suspension 60a and the liquid medium of the second suspension 60b can be the same liquid medium or different liquid mediums.
在一個實施例中,第一顆粒62a可具有約1微米到約10微米的範圍,諸如約1.2微米的第一平均粒徑。在一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2微米到約4微米的範圍。在另一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2.5微米到約3.5微米的範圍。 In one embodiment, the first particles 62a may have a first average particle size ranging from about 1 micron to about 10 microns, such as about 1.2 microns. In one embodiment, the average particle size of the particles 62 may range from about 2 microns to about 4 microns. In another embodiment, the average particle size of the particles 62 may range from about 2.5 microns to about 3.5 microns.
第二顆粒62b的平均粒徑可小於第一顆粒62a的平均粒徑。因此,可說第一顆粒62a具有第一平均粒徑,第二顆粒62b具有第二平均粒徑,且第一平均粒徑大於第一平均粒徑。在一個實施例中,除非另外指明否則不受限制的是,第一平均粒徑可在第一平均粒徑的約1.5倍到約120倍的範圍。在一個實施例中,第一平均粒徑可在第二平均粒徑的約5倍到約20倍的範圍。例如,第一平均粒徑可在第二平均粒徑的約10倍到約15倍的範圍。 The average particle size of the second particle 62b may be smaller than the average particle size of the first particle 62a. Therefore, it can be said that the first particle 62a has a first average particle size, the second particle 62b has a second average particle size, and the first average particle size is larger than the first average particle size. In one embodiment, the first average particle size may range from about 1.5 times to about 120 times the first average particle size, unless otherwise specified. In one embodiment, the first average particle size may range from about 5 times to about 20 times the second average particle size. For example, the first average particle size may range from about 10 times to about 15 times the second average particle size.
在一個實施例中,除非另外指明否則不受限制的是,第二平均粒徑可在約0.01微米到約1微米的範圍。例如,第二平均粒徑可在約0.05微米到約0.9微米的範圍。特別的是,第二平均粒徑可在約0.15微米到約0.75微米的範圍。特別的是,第二平均粒徑可在約0.15微米到約0.5微米的範圍。在一個實施例中,第二平均粒徑可在約0.15微米到約0.3微米的範圍。例如,第二平均粒徑可為約 0.22微米。 In one embodiment, and without limitation unless otherwise specified, the second average particle size may be in a range of about 0.01 microns to about 1 micron. For example, the second average particle size may be in a range of about 0.05 microns to about 0.9 microns. In particular, the second average particle size may be in a range of about 0.15 microns to about 0.75 microns. In particular, the second average particle size may be in a range of about 0.15 microns to about 0.5 microns. In one embodiment, the second average particle size may be in a range of about 0.15 microns to about 0.3 microns. For example, the second average particle size may be about 0.22 microns.
除非另外指明,否則本文提及的「顆粒62」及其「材料」意欲適用第一顆粒62a和第二顆粒62b中的每一者。類似地,除非另外指明,否則本文提及的「液體介質」意欲適用第一懸浮液60a和第二懸浮液60b中的每一者的液體介質。類似地,除非另外指明,否則本文提及的「懸浮液60」意欲適用第一懸浮液60a和第二懸浮液60b中的每一者。 Unless otherwise specified, the "particles 62" and their "materials" mentioned herein are intended to apply to each of the first particles 62a and the second particles 62b. Similarly, unless otherwise specified, the "liquid medium" mentioned herein is intended to apply to the liquid medium of each of the first suspension 60a and the second suspension 60b. Similarly, unless otherwise specified, the "suspension 60" mentioned herein is intended to apply to each of the first suspension 60a and the second suspension 60b.
第一懸浮液60a和第二懸浮液60b中的一或兩者的黏度可小於已用於試圖使玻璃基板中的導通孔金屬化的常規漿料的黏度。第一懸浮液60a和第二懸浮液60b中的一或兩者的黏度可在約1厘泊(cP)到約1,000cP的範圍。例如,黏度可在約1.5cP到約50cP的範圍。在另一個實施例中,範圍可為約1.8cP到約15cP。例如,範圍可介於約1.9cP到約5cP之間。 The viscosity of one or both of the first suspension 60a and the second suspension 60b may be less than the viscosity of conventional slurries that have been used in attempts to metallize vias in glass substrates. The viscosity of one or both of the first suspension 60a and the second suspension 60b may be in a range of about 1 centipoise (cP) to about 1,000 cP. For example, the viscosity may be in a range of about 1.5 cP to about 50 cP. In another embodiment, the range may be about 1.8 cP to about 15 cP. For example, the range may be between about 1.9 cP to about 5 cP.
第一懸浮液60a可具有第一顆粒62a的固體濃度,其在約0.1重量%到約20重量%的範圍。在一個實施例中,固體濃度可在約1%到約15%的範圍。例如,範圍可為約1%到約10%。在一個實施例中,固體濃度可為約5%。在另一個實施例中,固體濃度可為約10%。或者,第一懸浮液60a可根據需要具有任何合適的替代固體濃度。第二懸浮液60b可具有第二顆粒62b的固體濃度,其在約0.1重量%到約10重量%的範圍。在一個實施例中,範圍可為約1%到約5%。例如,範圍可為約1%到約4%。在一個實施例中,第二懸浮液60b的固體濃度可為約2%。在另一個實施例中,固體濃度可為約10%。或者,第二懸浮液60b可根據需要具有任何合適的替代固體濃度。在這方面,應理解到任何大於零的固體顆粒的濃度可讓各自液體介質使顆粒流入孔洞26。 The first suspension 60a may have a solid concentration of the first particles 62a in the range of about 0.1% to about 20% by weight. In one embodiment, the solid concentration may be in the range of about 1% to about 15%. For example, the range may be about 1% to about 10%. In one embodiment, the solid concentration may be about 5%. In another embodiment, the solid concentration may be about 10%. Alternatively, the first suspension 60a may have any suitable alternative solid concentration as desired. The second suspension 60b may have a solid concentration of the second particles 62b in the range of about 0.1% to about 10% by weight. In one embodiment, the range may be about 1% to about 5%. For example, the range may be about 1% to about 4%. In one embodiment, the second suspension 60b may have a solid concentration of about 2%. In another embodiment, the solid concentration may be about 10%. Alternatively, the second suspension 60b may have any suitable alternative solid concentration as desired. In this regard, it should be understood that any concentration of solid particles greater than zero will allow the respective liquid medium to cause the particles to flow into the holes 26.
如上所述,認識到至少一種抗凝聚劑可施加到顆粒62,以減少或防止顆粒62在孔洞26中凝聚的情況。或者或更甚者,至少一種抗凝聚劑可減少已發生的顆粒的凝聚。減少凝聚可導致孔洞26中更高濃度的顆粒62,其可以較 快速率填充到孔洞26。在一個實施例中,至少一種抗凝聚劑可配置為塗覆顆粒62的抗凝聚塗層,從而減少或防止顆粒62彼此凝聚的情形。在放置顆粒62到液體介質64中之前,塗層可施加到顆粒62。在一個非限制性的實例中,抗凝聚塗層可為油酸或硬脂酸。在對顆粒62進行燒結的步驟期間,油酸及硬脂酸可燃燒及形成自孔洞26排空的氣體。雖然在燒結之後可能殘留微量的剩餘材料,然而咸信剩餘材料的量不足以有意義地影響導通孔34的電氣性能。因此,如圖2B所示,當添加抗凝聚劑到懸浮液60a和60b中的一或兩者時,仍可說導通孔34a僅實質上包括導電材料和空氣。進一步可說導通孔34實質上是由導電材料和空氣所組成。如上所述,在一個實例中,抗凝聚塗層可為油酸。在其他實例中,抗凝聚塗層可為癸酸。在對顆粒62進行燒結的步驟期間,癸酸可燃燒及形成自孔洞26排空的氣體。在放置顆粒62到液體介質64中之前,抗凝聚塗層可施加到顆粒62。抗凝聚塗層可配置以防止顆粒62凝聚。此外,如上所述,抗凝聚塗層可進一步界定抗氧化塗層,其防止或減少顆粒62暴露於氧氣,從而防止或減少顆粒62的氧化。 As described above, it is recognized that at least one anti-agglomeration agent may be applied to the particles 62 to reduce or prevent the particles 62 from agglomerating in the pores 26. Alternatively or more particularly, at least one anti-agglomeration agent may reduce agglomeration of particles that has already occurred. Reducing agglomeration may result in a higher concentration of particles 62 in the pores 26, which may be filled into the pores 26 at a faster rate. In one embodiment, at least one anti-agglomeration agent may be configured as an anti-agglomeration coating that coats the particles 62, thereby reducing or preventing the particles 62 from agglomerating with each other. The coating may be applied to the particles 62 prior to placing the particles 62 in the liquid medium 64. In one non-limiting example, the anti-agglomeration coating may be oleic acid or stearic acid. During the step of sintering the particles 62, the oleic acid and stearic acid may combust and form a gas that is vented from the holes 26. Although a trace amount of residual material may remain after sintering, it is believed that the amount of residual material is insufficient to significantly affect the electrical performance of the vias 34. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 2B, when an anti-agglomeration agent is added to one or both of the suspensions 60a and 60b, it can still be said that the vias 34a include only substantially conductive material and air. It can further be said that the vias 34 are substantially composed of conductive material and air. As described above, in one example, the anti-agglomeration coating can be oleic acid. In other examples, the anti-agglomeration coating can be capric acid. During the step of sintering the particles 62, the capric acid may combust and form a gas that is evacuated from the holes 26. Prior to placing the particles 62 in the liquid medium 64, an anti-agglomeration coating may be applied to the particles 62. The anti-agglomeration coating may be configured to prevent the particles 62 from agglomerating. In addition, as described above, the anti-agglomeration coating may further define an anti-oxidation coating that prevents or reduces exposure of the particles 62 to oxygen, thereby preventing or reducing oxidation of the particles 62.
或者或更甚者,抗凝聚劑可施加到顆粒,以扭轉已發生的顆粒62的凝聚。在一個實施例中,抗凝聚劑可包括音波,其在本文所述的音波處理步驟期間施加到顆粒62。也就是說,音波可讓在液體介質64中已聚集的至少一些顆粒62分離或解凝聚。施加到顆粒62的抗凝聚塗層可幫助音波讓粉末解凝聚。 Alternatively or more preferably, an anti-agglomeration agent may be applied to the particles to reverse the agglomeration of the particles 62 that has occurred. In one embodiment, the anti-agglomeration agent may include sound waves, which are applied to the particles 62 during the sonication step described herein. That is, the sound waves may cause at least some of the particles 62 that have aggregated in the liquid medium 64 to separate or de-agglomerate. The anti-agglomeration coating applied to the particles 62 may help the sonic waves de-agglomerate the powder.
請參照圖7A,顆粒62可界定單峰分佈70。除非本文另外指明否則不意欲限制的是,在單峰分佈70中,顆粒62a可在平均粒徑的正或負100%的範圍內。例如,範圍可在平均粒徑的正50%或負50%內。 Referring to FIG. 7A , particles 62 may define a unimodal distribution 70. Unless otherwise specified herein, and without limitation, in a unimodal distribution 70, particles 62a may be within a range of plus or minus 100% of the average particle size. For example, the range may be within plus or minus 50% of the average particle size.
在一個實施例中,除非在申請專利範圍中另外指明否則不意欲限制的是,第一顆粒62a可界定單峰分佈70,其可具有在約1微米到約10微米的範圍的平均粒徑,諸如約1.2微米。除非另外指明,否則本文使用的關於尺寸和形 狀的「約(approximately)」及「實質上(substantially)」等詞可解釋為在所述值或形狀的10%內。在一個實施例中,第一顆粒62a的平均粒徑可在約2微米到約4微米的範圍。在另一個實施例中,顆粒62的平均粒徑可在約2.5微米到約3.5微米的範圍。 In one embodiment, and not intended to be limiting unless otherwise specified in the claims, the first particles 62a may define a unimodal distribution 70, which may have an average particle size in the range of about 1 micron to about 10 microns, such as about 1.2 microns. Unless otherwise specified, the words "approximately" and "substantially" used herein with respect to size and shape may be interpreted as within 10% of the stated value or shape. In one embodiment, the average particle size of the first particles 62a may be in the range of about 2 microns to about 4 microns. In another embodiment, the average particle size of the particles 62 may be in the range of about 2.5 microns to about 3.5 microns.
此外,除非在申請專利範圍中另外指明,否則第二顆粒62b可界定單峰分佈70,其平均粒徑小於第一顆粒62a的平均粒徑。因此,可說第一顆粒62a具有第一平均粒徑,第二顆粒62b具有第二平均粒徑,且第一平均粒徑大於第一平均粒徑。在一個實施例中,除非另外指明否則不受限制的是,第一平均粒徑可在第二平均粒徑的約1.5倍到約120倍的範圍。在一個實施例中,第一平均粒徑可在第二平均粒徑的約5倍到約20倍的範圍。例如,第一平均粒徑可在第二平均粒徑的約10倍到約15倍的範圍。 Additionally, unless otherwise specified in the claims, the second particles 62b may define a unimodal distribution 70 having an average particle size that is smaller than the average particle size of the first particles 62a. Thus, the first particles 62a may be said to have a first average particle size, the second particles 62b may have a second average particle size, and the first average particle size may be greater than the first average particle size. In one embodiment, and without limitation, unless otherwise specified, the first average particle size may be in a range of about 1.5 times to about 120 times the second average particle size. In one embodiment, the first average particle size may be in a range of about 5 times to about 20 times the second average particle size. For example, the first average particle size may be in a range of about 10 times to about 15 times the second average particle size.
現在請參照圖7B,第一懸浮液60a的第一顆粒62a可替代地界定雙峰分佈72。第一顆粒62a的雙峰分佈72可具有導通孔34中的導電顆粒的填充密度,其大於單峰分佈的填充密度。填充密度可界定為導通孔34中顆粒的密度。因此,可設想在一些實施例中,由雙峰分佈生產的導通孔34可具有與由單峰分佈生產的導通孔34相比較大的導電性。 Referring now to FIG. 7B , first particles 62a of first suspension 60a may alternatively define a bimodal distribution 72. The bimodal distribution 72 of first particles 62a may have a packing density of conductive particles in vias 34 that is greater than that of a unimodal distribution. Packing density may be defined as the density of particles in vias 34. Thus, it is contemplated that in some embodiments, vias 34 produced by a bimodal distribution may have greater conductivity than vias 34 produced by a unimodal distribution.
第一顆粒62a可包括複數個第一雙峰顆粒74及複數個第二雙峰顆粒76。第一雙峰顆粒74可具有如上所述關於單峰分佈的第一顆粒62a的第一雙峰平均粒徑。因此,第一雙峰顆粒74可界定如上所述的間隙66。第二雙峰顆粒76可具有第二雙峰平均粒徑,其較第一雙峰顆粒74的第一雙峰平均粒徑小。如圖所示,第二雙峰顆粒76的尺寸可設定成可容納於由第一雙峰顆粒74界定的各別間隙66。在一些實施例中,可能期望使第二雙峰顆粒76的尺寸最大化,從而其可容納於各別間隙66而不會擴大間隙66。然而,理解到第二雙峰顆粒76可使間隙66擴大,同時增加相對於單峰分佈的第一顆粒的密度。無論如何,可說第一 雙峰顆粒74和第二雙峰顆粒76可結合以界定第二雙峰間隙75,其小於可稱作第一雙峰間隙的間隙66。此外,第二雙峰間隙75可設置在第一雙峰間隙66的內部。 The first particles 62a can include a plurality of first bimodal particles 74 and a plurality of second bimodal particles 76. The first bimodal particles 74 can have a first bimodal average particle size as described above with respect to the first particles 62a of the unimodal distribution. Thus, the first bimodal particles 74 can define interstices 66 as described above. The second bimodal particles 76 can have a second bimodal average particle size that is smaller than the first bimodal average particle size of the first bimodal particles 74. As shown, the second bimodal particles 76 can be sized to fit within respective interstices 66 defined by the first bimodal particles 74. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to maximize the size of the second bimodal particles 76 so that they can fit within respective interstices 66 without enlarging the interstices 66. However, it is understood that the second bimodal particles 76 can enlarge the gap 66 while increasing the density of the first particles relative to the unimodal distribution. Regardless, it can be said that the first bimodal particles 74 and the second bimodal particles 76 can combine to define a second bimodal gap 75 that is smaller than the gap 66, which can be referred to as the first bimodal gap. In addition, the second bimodal gap 75 can be disposed within the interior of the first bimodal gap 66.
除非另外指明否則非為限制性的是,第一雙峰粒徑和第二雙峰平均粒徑可界定在約4:1到約10:1的範圍的比率。例如,比率可為約7:1。可設想含有雙峰顆粒74的間隙66的尺寸保持足夠大,使得雙峰間隙66結合以界定液體流動路徑以從基板20的孔洞26排空液體介質64,同時足夠小使得所得的導通孔34含有適當體積的顆粒導電材料從而界定可靠電性路徑。應理解到若有需要,第二懸浮液60b的第二顆粒62b也可界定雙峰分佈。特別的是,第一顆粒62a和第二顆粒62b中的一或兩者可包括雙峰分佈。第二雙峰顆粒76的量可為孔洞的約5體積%到孔洞的約20體積%的範圍。例如,該量可為孔洞的約10體積%。理解到包括第二雙峰可降低填充步驟46期間懸浮液的黏度,且可導致填充較高的原始密度(green density),及所得的經金屬化導通孔的更多擴散孔結構。 Unless otherwise indicated, and without limitation, the first bimodal particle size and the second bimodal average particle size may define a ratio in a range of about 4:1 to about 10:1. For example, the ratio may be about 7:1. It is contemplated that the size of the gap 66 containing the bimodal particles 74 remains large enough so that the bimodal gap 66 combines to define a liquid flow path to drain the liquid medium 64 from the hole 26 of the substrate 20, while being small enough so that the resulting via 34 contains an appropriate volume of particulate conductive material to define a reliable electrical path. It should be understood that the second particles 62b of the second suspension 60b may also define a bimodal distribution if desired. In particular, one or both of the first particles 62a and the second particles 62b may include a bimodal distribution. The amount of the second bimodal particles 76 may range from about 5 volume % of the pore to about 20 volume % of the pore. For example, the amount may be about 10 volume % of the pore. It is understood that including the second bimodal may reduce the viscosity of the suspension during the filling step 46 and may result in a higher green density of the fill and a more diffuse pore structure of the resulting metallized via.
理解到與燒結之前的單一主體填充相比,雙峰分佈可達成較高堆積密度。因此,所得的導電填充可具有較高密度。第二雙峰顆粒76可為與第一雙峰顆粒74的金屬不同的金屬。第二雙峰顆粒可為任何適合的金屬。在一個實例中,第二雙峰顆粒76可具有與第一雙峰顆粒相比較小的熔點。在一個實施例中,第二雙峰顆粒76可包含銦。在另一個實施例中,第二雙峰顆粒76可包含錫。雙峰顆粒76可與第一雙峰顆粒74形成介金屬或合金,以用於瞬時液相燒結。此外,瞬時液相燒結可導致從第二雙峰顆粒76遺留的模板化/形狀保持器孔構型。所得的孔結構及相關的孔隙度可為可調的,從而為所得的導通孔獲得所需的RF及DC導電性。特別的是,基於第二雙峰顆粒76的體積與第二雙峰顆粒76的平均粒徑,孔結構可至少部分為可調節的。或者若有需要,可控制第二雙峰顆粒76的體積及平均粒徑中的一或兩者,以消除從第一端到第二端的連續孔隙度。此外,瞬時液相可導致較少的有機汙染、更好的填充對導通孔壁的黏附性,以及 更可控的導通孔幾何形狀。 It is understood that the bimodal distribution can achieve a higher bulk density than a single main body fill before sintering. Therefore, the resulting conductive fill can have a higher density. The second bimodal particles 76 can be a different metal than the metal of the first bimodal particles 74. The second bimodal particles can be any suitable metal. In one example, the second bimodal particles 76 can have a smaller melting point than the first bimodal particles. In one embodiment, the second bimodal particles 76 can include indium. In another embodiment, the second bimodal particles 76 can include tin. The bimodal particles 76 can form an intermetallic or alloy with the first bimodal particles 74 for transient liquid phase sintering. Additionally, transient liquid phase sintering can result in templated/shape retainer pore configurations remaining from the second bimodal particles 76. The resulting pore structure and associated porosity can be tunable to obtain desired RF and DC conductivity for the resulting vias. In particular, the pore structure can be at least partially tunable based on the volume of the second bimodal particles 76 and the average particle size of the second bimodal particles 76. Alternatively, if desired, one or both of the volume and average particle size of the second bimodal particles 76 can be controlled to eliminate continuous porosity from the first end to the second end. Additionally, the transient liquid phase can result in less organic contamination, better adhesion of the fill to the via wall, and more controlled via geometry.
進一步認識到,合金在未來RDL步驟期間可為溫度穩定的。特別的是,燒結步驟使第二雙峰顆粒76熔化並在第一雙峰顆粒74中液化,這產生熔點大於施加RDL層的溫度的合金。 It is further appreciated that the alloy can be temperature stable during the future RDL step. In particular, the sintering step causes the second bimodal particles 76 to melt and liquefy in the first bimodal particles 74, which produces an alloy having a melting point greater than the temperature at which the RDL layer is applied.
在一個實施例中,當實施堆積步驟時,可以雙峰顆粒60a過填充孔洞。此外,雙峰顆粒60a的可壓縮性可較單峰填充低。因此,可設想可施加鍍覆到導通孔的端部及基板的外表面。此外,可在無鍍覆的情況下施加重分佈層。 In one embodiment, when the stacking step is performed, the bimodal particles 60a can be overfilled into the holes. In addition, the compressibility of the bimodal particles 60a can be lower than that of the unimodal filling. Therefore, it is conceivable that the coating can be applied to the ends of the vias and the outer surface of the substrate. In addition, the redistribution layer can be applied without coating.
認識到雙峰顆粒60a可填充到基板外表面的外側的程度。特別的是,犧牲層可施加到具有與板的孔洞對準的孔的外表面。因此,犧牲層沿著有效增加孔洞的長度的長度延伸。因此,可填充基板的孔洞,且可至少部分或全部填充犧牲層的孔。犧牲層可在填充壓縮之前或之後去除。可設想在燒結步驟之後,經壓縮的填充可與基板的外表面實質上共平面。因此,重分佈層可單獨或與鍍層結合施加到經燒結填充35上,而不實施最終填充。或者如下方更詳述的,若有需要可實施最終填充。 It is recognized that the bimodal particles 60a can be filled to the extent outside the outer surface of the substrate. In particular, the sacrificial layer can be applied to the outer surface having holes aligned with the holes of the plate. Therefore, the sacrificial layer extends along a length that effectively increases the length of the hole. Therefore, the holes of the substrate can be filled, and the holes of the sacrificial layer can be at least partially or completely filled. The sacrificial layer can be removed before or after the filling is compressed. It is envisioned that after the sintering step, the compressed fill can be substantially coplanar with the outer surface of the substrate. Therefore, the redistributed layer can be applied to the sintered fill 35 alone or in combination with the coating layer without applying the final fill. Or as described in more detail below, if necessary, the final fill can be applied.
或者,可在填充孔之前施加導電層到基板的一或兩個外表面上。導電層可進一步沿著孔洞的內壁延伸。例如,導電層可沿著內壁的一或兩個外部區域延伸。在一個實例中,導電層可為鈦。可設想填充35可在燒結步驟期間結合到導電層以形成氣密密封。 Alternatively, a conductive layer may be applied to one or both outer surfaces of the substrate prior to filling the hole. The conductive layer may further extend along the inner wall of the hole. For example, the conductive layer may extend along one or both outer regions of the inner wall. In one example, the conductive layer may be titanium. It is contemplated that the fill 35 may bond to the conductive layer during the sintering step to form a hermetic seal.
現在請參照圖7C,第一懸浮液60a的第一顆粒62a可替代地界定三峰分佈73。第一顆粒62a的三峰分佈可具有導通孔34中的導電顆粒的填充密度,其大於雙峰分佈的填充密度,且因此也大於單峰分佈的填充密度。因此,可設想在一些實施例中,由三峰分佈生產的導通孔34可具有與由雙峰分佈及單峰分佈中的每一者生產的導通孔34相比較大的導電度。 Referring now to FIG. 7C , the first particles 62a of the first suspension 60a may alternatively define a trimodal distribution 73. The trimodal distribution of the first particles 62a may have a packing density of conductive particles in the vias 34 that is greater than that of the bimodal distribution, and therefore also greater than that of the unimodal distribution. Therefore, it is contemplated that in some embodiments, the vias 34 produced by the trimodal distribution may have a greater conductivity than the vias 34 produced by each of the bimodal distribution and the unimodal distribution.
第一顆粒62a可包括複數個如上所述界定第一三峰顆粒的第一雙 峰顆粒74、複數個如上所述界定第二三峰顆粒的第二雙峰顆粒76,以及複數個第三三峰顆粒78。第一三峰顆粒74可具有如上所述相對於單峰分佈的第一顆粒62a的第一三峰平均粒徑。因此,第一三峰顆粒74可界定如上所述的間隙66。三峰分佈73的間隙66可稱作第一三峰間隙。第二三峰顆粒76可具有第二三峰平均粒徑,其較如上所述相對於第一雙峰顆粒及第二雙峰顆粒的第一三峰顆粒74的第一雙峰平均粒徑小。因此,第二三峰顆粒76的尺寸可設定成可容納於第一三峰間隙66中,從而如上所述界定第二三峰間隙75。 The first particle 62a may include a plurality of first bimodal particles 74 defining a first trimodal particle as described above, a plurality of second bimodal particles 76 defining a second trimodal particle as described above, and a plurality of third trimodal particles 78. The first trimodal particle 74 may have a first trimodal average particle size as described above relative to the first particle 62a of the unimodal distribution. Thus, the first trimodal particle 74 may define a gap 66 as described above. The gap 66 of the trimodal distribution 73 may be referred to as a first trimodal gap. The second trimodal particle 76 may have a second trimodal average particle size that is smaller than the first bimodal average particle size of the first trimodal particle 74 relative to the first bimodal particle and the second bimodal particle as described above. Therefore, the size of the second trimodal particles 76 can be set to be accommodated in the first trimodal gap 66, thereby defining the second trimodal gap 75 as described above.
此外,第三三峰顆粒78可堆積在孔洞26中,從而設置在第二三峰間隙75中。如圖所示,第三三峰顆粒78可設定成可容納於由第一三峰顆粒74及第二三峰顆粒76界定的第二三峰間隙75中的各者。在一些實施例中,可能期望將第三三峰顆粒78的尺寸最大化,從而其可容納於第二三峰間隙75中的各者,而不會使間隙75擴大。然而,理解到第三雙峰顆粒78可使第二三峰間隙75擴大,同時相對於雙峰分佈增加第一顆粒62a的密度。無論如何,可說可結合第一、第二及第三雙峰顆粒76和78,從而界定小於第二三峰間隙75的第三三峰間隙69。 In addition, the third trimodal particles 78 can be deposited in the pores 26 so as to be disposed in the second trimodal interstices 75. As shown, the third trimodal particles 78 can be configured to be accommodated in each of the second trimodal interstices 75 defined by the first trimodal particles 74 and the second trimodal particles 76. In some embodiments, it may be desirable to maximize the size of the third trimodal particles 78 so that they can be accommodated in each of the second trimodal interstices 75 without enlarging the interstices 75. However, it is understood that the third bimodal particles 78 can enlarge the second trimodal interstices 75 while increasing the density of the first particles 62a relative to the bimodal distribution. Regardless, it can be said that the first, second and third bimodal particles 76 and 78 can be combined to define a third trimodal gap 69 that is smaller than the second trimodal gap 75.
第三三峰顆粒78可具有第三三峰平均粒徑,其較第二三峰平均粒徑小。除非另外指明否則非為限制性的是,第二三峰平均粒徑及第三三峰平均粒徑可界定在為約4:1到約10:1的範圍的比率。例如,比率可為約7:1。應理解到若有需要,第二懸浮液60b的第二顆粒62b也可界定三峰分佈。應理解到若有需要,第二懸浮液60b的第二顆粒62b也可界定三峰分佈。因此,第一顆粒62a及第二顆粒62b中的一或兩者可界定三峰分佈。或者若有需要,三峰分佈可存在單個懸浮液中。 The third trimodal particle 78 may have a third trimodal average particle size that is smaller than the second trimodal average particle size. Unless otherwise specified, the second trimodal average particle size and the third trimodal average particle size may be defined in a ratio ranging from about 4:1 to about 10:1. For example, the ratio may be about 7:1. It should be understood that if desired, the second particle 62b of the second suspension 60b may also define a trimodal distribution. It should be understood that if desired, the second particle 62b of the second suspension 60b may also define a trimodal distribution. Therefore, one or both of the first particle 62a and the second particle 62b may define a trimodal distribution. Or if desired, the trimodal distribution may exist in a single suspension.
如下所述,當第二顆粒62b界定雙峰或三峰分佈,且第二顆粒62b界定最終填充時,雙峰或三峰分佈可在導電填充35的第一端及第二端中的一或兩者處產生氣密密封。 As described below, when the second particle 62b defines a bimodal or trimodal distribution, and the second particle 62b defines a final fill, the bimodal or trimodal distribution can produce an airtight seal at one or both of the first end and the second end of the conductive fill 35.
在一個實施例中,第三三峰顆粒78可由任何合適的導電材料製成。例如,第三三峰顆粒78與第一三峰顆粒74可為相同的材料。因此,在一個實例中,第三三峰顆粒78可由銀製成。在燒結步驟期間,第二三峰顆粒76可在瞬時液相期間輸送第三三峰顆粒78。 In one embodiment, the third trimodal particles 78 can be made of any suitable conductive material. For example, the third trimodal particles 78 can be the same material as the first trimodal particles 74. Thus, in one embodiment, the third trimodal particles 78 can be made of silver. During the sintering step, the second trimodal particles 76 can transport the third trimodal particles 78 during the transient liquid phase.
請再次參照圖1A到圖4C,通常可設想填充35可具有介於約10體積%到約60體積%之間的孔隙度。例如,孔隙度可介於約20體積%到約50體積%之間。孔隙度可取決於若干因素,包括粒徑、分佈的性質(例如,單峰、雙峰或三峰)及可在燒結之前或燒結之後添加到導電材料的任何導電添加劑。在其他實施例中,認識到顆粒62可做為四峰分佈提供。又在其他實施例中,認識到顆粒62可做為五峰分佈提供。 Referring again to FIGS. 1A through 4C , it is generally contemplated that fill 35 may have a porosity between about 10 volume % and about 60 volume %. For example, the porosity may be between about 20 volume % and about 50 volume %. The porosity may depend on several factors, including particle size, the nature of the distribution (e.g., unimodal, bimodal, or trimodal), and any conductive additives that may be added to the conductive material prior to or after sintering. In other embodiments, it is recognized that particles 62 may be provided as a tetramodal distribution. In still other embodiments, it is recognized that particles 62 may be provided as a pentamodal distribution.
認識到孔洞26可含有主體填充及最終填充。主體填充可佔據孔洞26或導通孔的第一部分,且最終填充可佔據孔洞26的第二部分或導通孔的不同於第一部份的第二部分。例如,主體填充可佔據孔洞26或導通孔的內部,且最終填充可佔據孔洞26或導通孔的相對的外部區域。因此,最終填充可從主體填充延伸到孔洞26或導通孔的每個相對端。例如,當孔洞或導通孔為通孔或穿導通孔時,最終填充可從主體填充延伸到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者。因此,可說導電填充35可包括主體填充或最終填充中的一或兩者。在一個實施例中,主體填充可由第一顆粒62a界定。在一個實施例中,最終填充可由第二顆粒62b界定。或者,主體填充及最終填充兩者可根據需要由第一顆粒62a界定。在這方面,認識到方法40可包括主體填充孔洞的多個步驟。可利用單峰分佈、雙峰分佈及三峰分佈中的其中一者的第一顆粒62a實施一或多個主體填充步驟,且可以單峰分佈、雙峰分佈及三峰分佈中的另一個不相同的第一顆粒實施一或多個其他主體填充的步驟。或者,可以單峰分佈、雙峰分佈及三峰分佈中相同的第一顆粒實施所有主體填充步驟。 It is recognized that the hole 26 may contain a main fill and a final fill. The main fill may occupy a first portion of the hole 26 or via, and the final fill may occupy a second portion of the hole 26 or via that is different from the first portion. For example, the main fill may occupy the interior of the hole 26 or via, and the final fill may occupy a relatively outer area of the hole 26 or via. Therefore, the final fill may extend from the main fill to each opposite end of the hole 26 or via. For example, when the hole or via is a through hole or a through-hole, the final fill may extend from the main fill to each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. Therefore, it can be said that the conductive fill 35 may include one or both of the main fill or the final fill. In one embodiment, the main fill may be defined by the first particle 62a. In one embodiment, the final fill may be defined by the second particle 62b. Alternatively, both the bulk fill and the final fill may be defined by the first particle 62a as desired. In this regard, it is recognized that the method 40 may include multiple steps of bulk filling the holes. One or more bulk filling steps may be performed using a first particle 62a of one of a unimodal distribution, a bimodal distribution, and a trimodal distribution, and one or more other bulk filling steps may be performed using another different first particle of the unimodal distribution, the bimodal distribution, and the trimodal distribution. Alternatively, all bulk filling steps may be performed using the same first particle of the unimodal distribution, the bimodal distribution, and the trimodal distribution.
主體填充可佔據孔洞26或導通孔的長度,該長度在孔洞26或導通孔的總長度的約50%到約100%的範圍。例如,主體填充可佔據孔洞26或導通孔的長度,該長度在孔洞26或導通孔的總長度的約80%到約100%的範圍。特別的是,主體填充可佔據孔洞的長度,該長度介於孔洞26或導通孔的總長度的約90%到約99%的範圍。在一個實施例中,主體填充可佔據孔洞或導通孔的長度,該長度介於孔洞26或導通孔34的總長度的約94%到約99%的範圍。在一個特定實施例中,主體填充可佔據孔洞或導通孔的長度,該長度介於孔洞26或導通孔的總長度的約96%到約98%的範圍。最終填充可從主體填充延伸到孔洞26或導通孔的第一端。此外,最終填充可從主體填充延伸到孔洞26或導通孔的第二端。此外,在一個實施例中,本文稱作由最終填充佔據的孔洞的部分並未被主體填充佔據。在一個特定實施例中,最終填充可在導通孔34的第一端及第二端中的每一者處佔據導通孔34的總長度的約1%到約4%的範圍的長度。 The bulk fill may occupy a length of the hole 26 or via that is in a range of about 50% to about 100% of the total length of the hole 26 or via. For example, the bulk fill may occupy a length of the hole 26 or via that is in a range of about 80% to about 100% of the total length of the hole 26 or via. In particular, the bulk fill may occupy a length of the hole that is in a range of about 90% to about 99% of the total length of the hole 26 or via. In one embodiment, the bulk fill may occupy a length of the hole or via that is in a range of about 94% to about 99% of the total length of the hole 26 or via 34. In one particular embodiment, the main fill may occupy a length of the hole or via that ranges from about 96% to about 98% of the total length of the hole 26 or via. The final fill may extend from the main fill to the first end of the hole 26 or via. Furthermore, the final fill may extend from the main fill to the second end of the hole 26 or via. Furthermore, in one embodiment, the portion of the hole referred to herein as occupied by the final fill is not occupied by the main fill. In one particular embodiment, the final fill may occupy a length ranging from about 1% to about 4% of the total length of the via 34 at each of the first and second ends of the via 34.
本案發明人認識到導電顆粒62可傾向沉澱在液體介質64中(特別是若長時間儲存),如圖4A所示。因此,在步驟44中,且如圖4B到圖4C所示,可攪拌懸浮液60以使顆粒62分散在液體介質64中的顆粒62。例如,在一個實施例中,可對懸浮液進行音波處理以使顆粒62分散在液體介質64中。因此,可理解到液體介質64配置以維持顆粒62作為分散體68。因此,應理解到液體介質可為適合維持顆粒62的任何液體,以有助於根據本文所述的至少一種方法以顆粒62填充基板的孔洞26。 The inventors of the present invention recognize that conductive particles 62 may tend to settle in liquid medium 64 (especially if stored for a long time), as shown in FIG. 4A. Therefore, in step 44, and as shown in FIG. 4B to FIG. 4C, the suspension 60 may be stirred to disperse the particles 62 in the liquid medium 64. For example, in one embodiment, the suspension may be sonicated to disperse the particles 62 in the liquid medium 64. Therefore, it is understood that the liquid medium 64 is configured to maintain the particles 62 as a dispersion 68. Therefore, it should be understood that the liquid medium can be any liquid suitable for maintaining the particles 62 to facilitate filling the holes 26 of the substrate with the particles 62 according to at least one method described herein.
接著,在步驟46中,可以至少一種懸浮液60填充孔洞26。接著將理解到,在步驟46中,可以至少一種懸浮液60填充孔洞26。從下述將理解到,如圖5及圖10所示,在由整個基板20上的壓差界定的力作用下,可促使懸浮液60並因此顆粒62流入孔洞26。壓差可由空氣壓差界定。例如,空氣壓差可由真空吸力界定。因此,可使用真空裝置在真空壓力作用下促使顆粒62流入孔洞26。 或者,空氣壓差可由正空氣壓力界定。或者或更甚者,促使顆粒62流入孔洞26的力可為離心力,例如使用下方關於圖19A到圖19E所述的離心機。或者或更甚者,促使顆粒62流入孔洞26的力可為靜電力,如下方參照圖21A到圖21F所述。在下述中,可例如使用如圖5及圖10所示的真空裝置在空氣壓力作用下促使顆粒62流入孔洞26。或者或更甚者,可例如使用如圖19A所示的離心機在離心力作用下促使顆粒62流入孔洞26。或者或更甚者,可如圖20A到圖20F所示在靜電力作用下促使顆粒62流入孔洞26。 Next, in step 46, the holes 26 may be filled with at least one suspension 60. Next, it will be understood that in step 46, the holes 26 may be filled with at least one suspension 60. It will be understood from the following that, as shown in Figures 5 and 10, the suspension 60 and therefore the particles 62 may be urged to flow into the holes 26 under the action of a force defined by a pressure differential across the substrate 20. The pressure differential may be defined by an air pressure differential. For example, the air pressure differential may be defined by a vacuum suction. Thus, a vacuum device may be used to urge the particles 62 to flow into the holes 26 under the action of a vacuum pressure. Alternatively, the air pressure differential may be defined by a positive air pressure. Alternatively or more preferably, the force urging the particles 62 to flow into the holes 26 may be a centrifugal force, such as using a centrifuge as described below with respect to Figures 19A to 19E. Alternatively or more, the force that causes the particles 62 to flow into the holes 26 may be electrostatic force, as described below with reference to FIGS. 21A to 21F. In the following, for example, a vacuum device as shown in FIGS. 5 and 10 may be used to cause the particles 62 to flow into the holes 26 under the action of air pressure. Alternatively or more, for example, a centrifuge as shown in FIG. 19A may be used to cause the particles 62 to flow into the holes 26 under the action of centrifugal force. Alternatively or more, the particles 62 may be caused to flow into the holes 26 under the action of electrostatic force as shown in FIGS. 20A to 20F.
現在將參照圖5到圖6B,描述在一個實施例中,在空氣壓力下填充孔洞26的步驟46。特別的是,流體壓力填充裝置82配置以在整個懸浮液60上施加壓差而促使懸浮液60流入孔洞26。例如,流體壓力填充裝置82可配置為空氣壓力填充裝置,其配置以在整個懸浮液60上施加空氣壓差而促使懸浮液60流入孔洞26。在一個實施例中,空氣壓力填充裝置82可配置為真空填充裝置84,其配置以對懸浮液60施加真空壓力而產生空氣壓差。在另一個實施例中,可調整真空填充裝置82以在正壓下施加強制空氣到懸浮液60而產生空氣壓差。認識到懸浮液將被促使沿著從較高壓力到較低壓力的方向流動。 Now, referring to FIG. 5 to FIG. 6B , the step 46 of filling the hole 26 under air pressure in one embodiment will be described. In particular, the fluid pressure filling device 82 is configured to apply a pressure difference on the entire suspension 60 to force the suspension 60 to flow into the hole 26. For example, the fluid pressure filling device 82 may be configured as an air pressure filling device, which is configured to apply an air pressure difference on the entire suspension 60 to force the suspension 60 to flow into the hole 26. In one embodiment, the air pressure filling device 82 may be configured as a vacuum filling device 84, which is configured to apply vacuum pressure to the suspension 60 to generate an air pressure difference. In another embodiment, the vacuum filling device 82 can be adjusted to apply forced air to the suspension 60 under positive pressure to generate an air pressure differential. It is recognized that the suspension will be caused to flow in the direction from higher pressure to lower pressure.
如圖5所示,真空填充裝置84可包括框架86,其界定至少部分界定真空腔室90的內部空腔88。框架86包括框架主體87,其界定到內部空腔88的開口端92。至少部分的基板20,且特別為孔洞26,與真空腔室90流體連通。此外,基板20經密封到框架86,使得產生的真空壓力施加到基板20,並因此施加到孔洞26,並不會由介於基板20與框架86之間的界面將任何顯著的空氣吸入內部空腔。在一個實施例中,真空填充裝置84可包括密合墊94,其相對於在介於基板20與框架86之間的界面處的氣流而將基板20密封到框架86。例如,密合墊94可延伸橫跨介於基板20與框架86之間的界面。密合墊94可根據需要由任何適合的材料製成。例如,密合墊94可由橡膠製成。在一個實例中,密合墊94可為 硫化矽氧樹脂。特別的是,密合墊94可為室溫硫化矽氧樹脂(room-temperature vulcanizing silicone;RTV silicone)。 As shown in FIG. 5 , the vacuum filling device 84 may include a frame 86 that defines an interior cavity 88 that at least partially defines a vacuum chamber 90. The frame 86 includes a frame body 87 that defines an open end 92 to the interior cavity 88. At least a portion of the substrate 20, and in particular the holes 26, is in fluid communication with the vacuum chamber 90. In addition, the substrate 20 is sealed to the frame 86 so that the vacuum pressure generated is applied to the substrate 20, and therefore to the holes 26, without any significant air being drawn into the interior cavity from the interface between the substrate 20 and the frame 86. In one embodiment, the vacuum filling device 84 may include a sealing pad 94 that seals the substrate 20 to the frame 86 relative to the gas flow at the interface between the substrate 20 and the frame 86. For example, the sealing pad 94 may extend across the interface between the substrate 20 and the frame 86. The sealing pad 94 can be made of any suitable material as needed. For example, the sealing pad 94 can be made of rubber. In one example, the sealing pad 94 can be vulcanized silicone. In particular, the sealing pad 94 can be room-temperature vulcanizing silicone (RTV silicone).
框架86可包括框架主體87以及附接到框架主體87的凸架(shelf)96,從而直接或間接地支撐至少部分的基板20。凸架96可封閉部分的開口端92。例如,凸架96可封閉開口端92的外周邊(outer perimeter)。真空填充裝置84可包括密封構件98,其將凸架96密封到框架主體87。因此,凸架96可與框架主體87分離。當真空腔室90處於負壓時,密封構件98可相對介於凸架96和框架主體87之間的氣流界定無孔的界面。應理解到凸架96可與框架主體87一體成型。框架主體87可界定出口91,其配置以連接真空源,從而在真空腔室90中引發負壓。當真空腔室90處於負壓時,框架主體87與凸架96兩者可相對於通過其的氣流為實質上無孔的。 The frame 86 may include a frame body 87 and a shelf 96 attached to the frame body 87 to directly or indirectly support at least a portion of the substrate 20. The shelf 96 may close a portion of the open end 92. For example, the shelf 96 may close the outer perimeter of the open end 92. The vacuum filling device 84 may include a sealing member 98 that seals the shelf 96 to the frame body 87. Thus, the shelf 96 may be separated from the frame body 87. When the vacuum chamber 90 is at a negative pressure, the sealing member 98 may define a non-porous interface with respect to the air flow between the shelf 96 and the frame body 87. It should be understood that the shelf 96 may be integrally formed with the frame body 87. The frame body 87 may define an outlet 91 that is configured to be connected to a vacuum source to induce a negative pressure in the vacuum chamber 90. When the vacuum chamber 90 is at a negative pressure, both the frame body 87 and the ledge 96 may be substantially imperforate with respect to airflow therethrough.
真空填充裝置84可進一步包括介於至少部分的基板與真空腔室90之間的濾介質100。例如,濾介質100可對準接收懸浮液60的開口。濾介質100可相對於空氣及液體介質64為多孔的,但相對於顆粒62為無孔的。因此,空氣及液體介質64兩者皆能通過濾介質,而顆粒62保留在孔洞26中。密合墊94可進一步相對於介於基板20與濾介質100之間界面處的氣流將基板20密封到濾介質100。因此,介於基板20與濾介質100之間的第一界面102相對於其之間的氣流被密封,且介於濾介質100與框架86之間的第二界面104相對於其之間的氣流被密封。應理解到相同的密合墊94可密封第一界面102及第二界面104中的每一者。或者,第一密合墊可密封第一界面102,且與第一密合墊分離的第二密合墊可密封第二界面104。因此,可說至少一個密合墊密封第一界面102與第二界面104。 The vacuum filling device 84 can further include a filter medium 100 between at least a portion of the substrate and the vacuum chamber 90. For example, the filter medium 100 can be aligned with the opening for receiving the suspension 60. The filter medium 100 can be porous with respect to air and the liquid medium 64, but non-porous with respect to the particles 62. Therefore, both air and the liquid medium 64 can pass through the filter medium, while the particles 62 are retained in the pores 26. The sealing pad 94 can further seal the substrate 20 to the filter medium 100 with respect to the air flow at the interface between the substrate 20 and the filter medium 100. Thus, the first interface 102 between the substrate 20 and the filter medium 100 is sealed with respect to the airflow therebetween, and the second interface 104 between the filter medium 100 and the frame 86 is sealed with respect to the airflow therebetween. It should be understood that the same sealing pad 94 can seal each of the first interface 102 and the second interface 104. Alternatively, a first sealing pad can seal the first interface 102, and a second sealing pad separated from the first sealing pad can seal the second interface 104. Thus, it can be said that at least one sealing pad seals the first interface 102 and the second interface 104.
濾介質100可根據需要由任何適合的材料製成,該材料適於使液體介質64及空氣能通過,同時防止顆粒62通過。用於濾介質的潛在材料的非限制性列舉包括玻璃微纖維、纖維素、混合纖維素酯(MCE)、醋酸纖維素、硝酸 纖維素、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺-醯亞胺、聚醚碸、聚偏二氟乙烯、聚丙烯腈、聚偏二氟乙烯、酚-甲醛、VVPP、VVLP、HVLP、以及由諸如Millipore,Membrane Solutions、Whatman及Ahlstrom等公司以商品名諸如Durapore、ExpressPlus、Isopure等商業出售的許多濾膜類型。 The filter medium 100 may be made of any suitable material as desired that is suitable for allowing the liquid medium 64 and air to pass therethrough while preventing the particles 62 from passing therethrough. A non-limiting list of potential materials for the filter medium includes glass microfiber, cellulose, mixed cellulose esters (MCE), cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide, polyimide-imide, polyether sulfone, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinylidene fluoride, phenol-formaldehyde, VVPP, VVLP, HVLP, and many types of filters commercially sold by companies such as Millipore, Membrane Solutions, Whatman, and Ahlstrom under trade names such as Durapore, ExpressPlus, Isopure, etc.
由於第一界面102及第二界面104為密封的,因此可將真空腔室90中實質上全部或全部的真空壓力施加到基板20的孔洞26。應理解到密合墊94在基板20的排除區域106處防止氣流通過基板20,其中排除區域106被密合墊94所覆蓋。因此,可希望在排除區域106處生產無開口的基板20。在一個實施例中,排除區域106可設置在基板20的外周邊,然而應理解到被至少一個密合墊覆蓋的基板20的任何位置可界定排除區域106。 Because the first interface 102 and the second interface 104 are sealed, substantially all or all of the vacuum pressure in the vacuum chamber 90 can be applied to the hole 26 of the substrate 20. It should be understood that the sealing pad 94 prevents gas flow through the substrate 20 at the exclusion area 106 of the substrate 20, wherein the exclusion area 106 is covered by the sealing pad 94. Therefore, it may be desirable to produce a substrate 20 without openings at the exclusion area 106. In one embodiment, the exclusion area 106 can be disposed at the outer periphery of the substrate 20, however it should be understood that any position of the substrate 20 covered by at least one sealing pad can define the exclusion area 106.
真空填充裝置84可進一步包括支撐構件108,其配置以直接或間接支撐至少一部分的基板20。特別的是,支撐構件108可與基板20的孔洞26對準,孔洞26將在引發的壓差下接收懸浮液60。支撐構件108可由框架86支撐從而跨越至少一部份的開口端92直到全部的開口端92。特別的是,支撐構件108可由凸架96支撐。此外,因為濾介質100與孔洞26對準,因此濾介質100類似地與支撐構件108對準。在一個實施例中,濾介質100可設置在基板20與支撐構件108之間。特別的是,濾介質100可擱在支撐構件108上,且基板20可擱在濾介質100上。 The vacuum filling device 84 may further include a support member 108 configured to directly or indirectly support at least a portion of the substrate 20. In particular, the support member 108 may be aligned with the hole 26 of the substrate 20, and the hole 26 will receive the suspension 60 under the induced pressure difference. The support member 108 may be supported by the frame 86 so as to span at least a portion of the open end 92 to the entire open end 92. In particular, the support member 108 may be supported by the protrusion 96. In addition, because the filter medium 100 is aligned with the hole 26, the filter medium 100 is similarly aligned with the support member 108. In one embodiment, the filter medium 100 may be disposed between the substrate 20 and the support member 108. In particular, the filter medium 100 can be placed on the support member 108, and the substrate 20 can be placed on the filter medium 100.
基板20、濾介質100及支撐構件108中的每一者界定面向真空腔室90的內表面97,以及界定相對於內表面97的外表面99。基板20的外表面99可由第一表面22及第二表面24中的其中一者界定。基板20的內表面97可由第一表面22及第二表面24中的另一者界定。至少一部分的支撐構件108的內表面可向真空腔室90開口。至少一部分的濾介質100的內表面可擱在至少一部分的支撐構件108的外表面上。至少一部分的基板20的內表面97可擱在至少一部分的支撐構件100的外表面上。密合墊94可於排除區域106處擱在基板的外表面99上。因此, 每一個接收懸浮液60的孔洞26可相對於孔洞26的長度與濾介質100及支撐構件108中的每一個對準,該孔洞的長度與界定空氣壓差的孔洞26的方向一致。 Each of the substrate 20, the filter medium 100, and the support member 108 defines an inner surface 97 facing the vacuum chamber 90, and defines an outer surface 99 opposite to the inner surface 97. The outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 may be defined by one of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. The inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 may be defined by the other of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. At least a portion of the inner surface of the support member 108 may be open to the vacuum chamber 90. At least a portion of the inner surface of the filter medium 100 may rest on at least a portion of the outer surface of the support member 108. At least a portion of the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 may rest on at least a portion of the outer surface of the support member 100. The sealing pad 94 may rest on the outer surface 99 of the substrate at the exclusion area 106. Thus, each hole 26 receiving the suspension 60 can be aligned with each of the filter medium 100 and the support member 108 relative to the length of the hole 26, which is consistent with the direction of the hole 26 defining the air pressure difference.
支撐構件108可由任何適合的材料製成,該材料相對於空氣及濾介質100兩者而言為多孔的。特別的是,支撐構件108的孔隙度大於濾介質100的孔隙度。因此,空氣及濾介質兩者能通過支撐構件108。在一個非限制性的實施例中,支撐構件108可由燒結玻璃(fritted glass)(也稱作玻璃熔塊(glass frit))界定。因此,支撐構件108可為剛性的支撐構件。 The support member 108 may be made of any suitable material that is porous relative to both air and the filter medium 100. In particular, the porosity of the support member 108 is greater than the porosity of the filter medium 100. Therefore, both air and the filter medium can pass through the support member 108. In a non-limiting embodiment, the support member 108 may be defined by fritted glass (also known as glass frit). Therefore, the support member 108 may be a rigid support member.
在操作期間,施加一定量的懸浮液60到基板20的外表面99,使得懸浮液覆蓋至少一部分的外表面99。例如,懸浮液60可塗覆在外表面99之上。在主體填充操作期間,懸浮液60可由第一懸浮液60a界定。從下述將理解到,在最終填充操作期間,懸浮液可由第二懸浮液60b界定,然而應理解到其他尺寸的顆粒可足以進行最終填充。例如,第一懸浮液60a可用於最終填充。 During operation, a certain amount of suspension 60 is applied to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 so that the suspension covers at least a portion of the outer surface 99. For example, the suspension 60 can be coated on the outer surface 99. During the main filling operation, the suspension 60 can be defined by the first suspension 60a. As will be understood from the following, during the final filling operation, the suspension can be defined by the second suspension 60b, however it should be understood that particles of other sizes may be sufficient for the final filling. For example, the first suspension 60a can be used for the final filling.
特別的是,施加懸浮液60到基板20的填充區域。基板20的填充區域可由與濾介質及支撐構件108對準的孔洞26界定。因此,懸浮液60可覆蓋待填充的孔洞26。例如,懸浮液60可在孔洞26上方並穿過孔洞26延伸。或者或更甚者,如下方更詳述的,可引發懸浮液60沿著基板20的外表面99流動穿過孔洞26。理解到除非另外指明,否則本文中使用關於懸浮液60的「填充」乙詞包括至少部分填充或完全填充。 In particular, the suspension 60 is applied to the filling area of the substrate 20. The filling area of the substrate 20 can be defined by the hole 26 aligned with the filter medium and the support member 108. Therefore, the suspension 60 can cover the hole 26 to be filled. For example, the suspension 60 can extend above the hole 26 and through the hole 26. Alternatively or more preferably, as described in more detail below, the suspension 60 can be induced to flow through the hole 26 along the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20. It is understood that unless otherwise specified, the term "filling" used herein with respect to the suspension 60 includes at least partial filling or complete filling.
填充步驟46可包括施加懸浮液60到基板20外表面99的步驟。可啟動真空源從而向真空腔室90施加負壓。應理解到可在施加懸浮液60到基板20之前、施加懸浮液60到基板20期間,或施加懸浮液60到基板20之後啟動真空源。 The filling step 46 may include the step of applying the suspension 60 to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20. The vacuum source may be activated to apply a negative pressure to the vacuum chamber 90. It should be understood that the vacuum source may be activated before applying the suspension 60 to the substrate 20, during applying the suspension 60 to the substrate 20, or after applying the suspension 60 to the substrate 20.
現在也請參照圖6A,負壓促使懸浮液60從基板20的外表面99流入向基板的外表面99開口的各自孔洞26。如上所述,濾介質100穿過孔洞26延伸穿過基板20的內表面97。因為濾介質100及支撐構件108相對空氣來說是多孔 的,因此真空腔室90中的負壓在孔洞26之間產生壓差,其可配置為將一定量的懸浮液60吸入孔洞26的負壓。因此,在壓差作用下,液體介質及懸浮於液體介質64中的顆粒62兩者會流入孔洞26。因為濾介質100相對液體介質64來說是多孔但相對於顆粒62來說是無孔的,因此壓差會導致液體介質64流過濾介質100。因為顆粒62無法流過濾介質100,因此顆粒62保留在孔洞26中。因此,當液體介質64流過孔洞26時,顆粒62會聚集在孔洞26中。此外,因為濾介質100可平坦地抵靠基板20的內表面97,因此顆粒62可積聚在濾介質100上,並因此可實質上與基板20的內表面97齊平。此外,當完成所有的填充步驟後,顆粒62可相對基板20的外表面99向外延伸。或者,顆粒可實質上與外表面99齊平。或者,從外表面99延伸出的顆粒62可從外表面移除,例如,藉由驅動棒橫穿基板20的外表面99以移除從外表面99延伸出的顆粒62。 Referring now also to FIG. 6A , the negative pressure causes the suspension 60 to flow from the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 into the respective holes 26 opening to the outer surface 99 of the substrate. As described above, the filter medium 100 extends through the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 through the holes 26. Because the filter medium 100 and the support member 108 are porous to air, the negative pressure in the vacuum chamber 90 generates a pressure differential between the holes 26, which can be configured to draw a certain amount of the suspension 60 into the negative pressure of the holes 26. Therefore, under the action of the pressure differential, both the liquid medium and the particles 62 suspended in the liquid medium 64 flow into the holes 26. Because the filter medium 100 is porous relative to the liquid medium 64 but non-porous relative to the particles 62, the pressure difference causes the liquid medium 64 to flow through the filter medium 100. Because the particles 62 cannot flow through the filter medium 100, the particles 62 remain in the pores 26. Therefore, when the liquid medium 64 flows through the pores 26, the particles 62 will accumulate in the pores 26. In addition, because the filter medium 100 can be flat against the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20, the particles 62 can accumulate on the filter medium 100 and thus can be substantially flush with the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20. In addition, when all filling steps are completed, the particles 62 can extend outward relative to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20. Alternatively, the particles may be substantially flush with the outer surface 99. Alternatively, the particles 62 extending from the outer surface 99 may be removed from the outer surface, for example, by driving a drive rod across the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 to remove the particles 62 extending from the outer surface 99.
如上所述,孔洞26可為通孔,使得負壓及液體介質64的流動(從基板20的外表面99到基板20的內表面97)中的一或兩者使顆粒62相互堆積,從而界定一或多個上方關於圖7A到圖7C描述類型的間隙(取決於粒徑分布性質)。特別的是,施加到基板20內表面97上的真空力可將懸浮液從外表面吸入孔洞26。或者,施加到外表面99的正空氣壓力可使懸浮液朝向內表面97流入孔洞26。空氣及懸浮液的液體介質可從導通孔26排空。或者,若孔洞26為如上述類型的盲孔,則犧牲層可從盲孔延伸到基板20的外表面從而形成通孔。因此,可在一或多個或多達全部的壓力差、離心力和靜電力作用下,迫使導電顆粒62進入盲孔及犧牲孔洞。為了防止犧牲層用作導電導通孔,可在與第二表面24相鄰的位置處以電絕緣蓋帽蓋住犧牲孔洞。因此,重分佈層將不與犧牲孔洞中的金屬電連通。如本文所述,電絕緣蓋帽可密封犧牲層以對犧牲孔洞提供氣密性。或者或更甚者,可從犧牲孔洞中去除至少一些金屬或多達所有金屬。例如,雷射可燒蝕犧牲孔洞中的金屬,而不從盲孔去除金屬。或者或更甚者,可蝕刻犧牲孔 洞以去除犧牲孔洞中的金屬,而不從盲孔去除金屬。又或者或更甚者,重分佈層可避免與犧牲孔洞中的金屬接觸,例如在第二表面24處。 As described above, the holes 26 can be through holes, so that one or both of the negative pressure and the flow of the liquid medium 64 (from the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 to the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20) cause the particles 62 to pile up against each other, thereby defining one or more gaps of the type described above with respect to Figures 7A to 7C (depending on the particle size distribution properties). In particular, a vacuum force applied to the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 can draw the suspension from the outer surface into the holes 26. Alternatively, a positive air pressure applied to the outer surface 99 can cause the suspension to flow into the holes 26 toward the inner surface 97. The air and liquid medium of the suspension can be evacuated from the through holes 26. Alternatively, if the holes 26 are blind holes of the type described above, the sacrificial layer can extend from the blind hole to the outer surface of the substrate 20 to form a through hole. Thus, the conductive particles 62 may be forced into the blind and sacrificial holes under one or more or up to all of the pressure differentials, centrifugal forces, and electrostatic forces. To prevent the sacrificial layer from acting as a conductive via, the sacrificial hole may be capped with an electrically insulating cap adjacent to the second surface 24. Thus, the redistributed layer will not be electrically connected to the metal in the sacrificial hole. As described herein, the electrically insulating cap may seal the sacrificial layer to provide airtightness to the sacrificial hole. Alternatively or more, at least some or up to all of the metal may be removed from the sacrificial hole. For example, the laser may ablate the metal in the sacrificial hole without removing the metal from the blind hole. Alternatively or more preferably, the sacrificial hole may be etched to remove the metal in the sacrificial hole without removing the metal from the blind hole. Alternatively or more preferably, the redistribution layer may avoid contact with the metal in the sacrificial hole, for example at the second surface 24.
認識到顆粒62實際上可能不如圖7A到圖7C所示的顆粒62如此般高度堆積。因此,所得的間隙的尺寸可能大於圖7A到圖7C所示的尺寸,這使得液體介質64能以更大的流速流過顆粒62。進一步如上所述,堆積顆粒62的間隙可界定流動路徑,其使得液體介質64能流過孔洞26並能通過濾介質100排空孔洞。因此,也從孔洞26中去除已進入孔洞26的液體介質64。隨著懸浮液60繼續流入孔洞26,顆粒62積聚在孔洞26內直到填充步驟46完成為止。 It is recognized that the particles 62 may not actually be as highly packed as the particles 62 shown in FIGS. 7A to 7C . Therefore, the size of the resulting gaps may be larger than the size shown in FIGS. 7A to 7C , which allows the liquid medium 64 to flow through the particles 62 at a greater flow rate. As further described above, the gaps between the packed particles 62 can define a flow path that allows the liquid medium 64 to flow through the holes 26 and to empty the holes through the filter medium 100. Therefore, the liquid medium 64 that has entered the holes 26 is also removed from the holes 26. As the suspension 60 continues to flow into the holes 26, the particles 62 accumulate in the holes 26 until the filling step 46 is completed.
此外,因為支撐構件108相對於液體介質64來說是多孔的,因此可在真空壓力作用下將液體介質64吸入真空腔室90。取決於所需填充製程的速度,真空壓力可為任何低於大氣壓的壓力。在一個非限制性的實施例中,負壓可為介於任何低於大氣壓到高達約120Kpa之間的範圍的壓力,諸如約80KPa。 In addition, because the support member 108 is porous relative to the liquid medium 64, the liquid medium 64 can be sucked into the vacuum chamber 90 under the action of vacuum pressure. Depending on the speed of the required filling process, the vacuum pressure can be any pressure below atmospheric pressure. In a non-limiting embodiment, the negative pressure can be a pressure ranging from any pressure below atmospheric pressure to up to about 120KPa, such as about 80KPa.
框架86可界定排液管114,其延伸穿過框架主體87並與真空腔室90流體連通。因此,排液管114可提供出口以用於使液體介質64流出真空腔室90(作為排空的液體介質64)。可丟棄排空的液體介質64。或者,可重複使用排空的液體介質64。在一個實施例中,可將一定量的顆粒62供給到一定量排空的液體介質64以生產懸浮液60,其用於隨後基板20的填充操作,或用於不相同基板20的填充操作。在一個實施例中,排空的液體介質64可作為物流(stream)循環通過乾燥顆粒62的料斗。料斗可釋放一定量的乾燥顆粒到物流中以生產懸浮液60。 The frame 86 may define a drain 114 that extends through the frame body 87 and is in fluid communication with the vacuum chamber 90. Thus, the drain 114 may provide an outlet for the liquid medium 64 to flow out of the vacuum chamber 90 (as evacuated liquid medium 64). The evacuated liquid medium 64 may be discarded. Alternatively, the evacuated liquid medium 64 may be reused. In one embodiment, a quantity of particles 62 may be fed into a quantity of evacuated liquid medium 64 to produce a suspension 60 for use in a subsequent substrate 20 filling operation, or for a different substrate 20 filling operation. In one embodiment, the evacuated liquid medium 64 may be circulated as a stream through a hopper that dries the particles 62. The hopper can release a certain amount of dry particles into the flow to produce a suspension 60.
雖然理解到濾介質100可相對於如上所述的顆粒62來說為無孔的,然而認識到濾介質100可相對一定量的顆粒62(少於進入孔洞26的全部顆粒62)來說為多孔的。無論濾介質100相對於所有的顆粒62或一些顆粒62為無孔與否,未通過濾介質100的顆粒62可以如上所述方式積聚在孔洞26中。 While it is understood that the filter medium 100 may be non-porous with respect to the particles 62 as described above, it is recognized that the filter medium 100 may be porous with respect to a certain amount of particles 62 (less than all of the particles 62 that enter the pores 26). Regardless of whether the filter medium 100 is non-porous with respect to all or some of the particles 62, particles 62 that do not pass through the filter medium 100 may accumulate in the pores 26 in the manner described above.
請繼續參照圖6A,認識到壓差導致懸浮液60的對準部分(在對準區域110處設置在外表面99上),由此使得懸浮液與各自孔洞26對準。因此,在壓差作用下可迫使在對準區域110的懸浮液60進入各自孔洞26。此外,壓差促使懸浮液60的偏移部分流入各自孔洞26,該偏移部分在受影響區域112處設置在基板20的外表面99上。受影響區域112可在基板20的外表面99上具有圓形形狀,或可根據需要具有任何合適的替代形狀。設置在受影響區域112的懸浮液的偏移部分,沿著垂直於孔洞26的長度的橫向方向,從各自孔洞26橫向偏移。受影響區域位在足夠靠近各自孔洞26的位置,從而在來自壓差的力作用下吸入孔洞26。發現到受影響區域112實質上為球形。然而,可設想受影響區域112可根據許多因素(包括液體介質中顆粒62的分散梯度)而替代成形。認識到可在填充步驟46期間攪動設置在基板20的外表面99上的懸浮液60,從而維持顆粒62在液體介質64中的分散。例如,可以震動、搖動或其他方式移動基板20從而攪動懸浮液60並使懸浮液移動到各自孔洞26或到受影響區域112,從而迫使懸浮液進入各自孔洞26。 6A, it is recognized that the pressure differential causes the aligned portion of the suspension 60 (disposed on the outer surface 99 at the alignment area 110) to align the suspension with the respective holes 26. Therefore, the suspension 60 at the alignment area 110 can be forced into the respective holes 26 under the action of the pressure differential. In addition, the pressure differential causes the deflected portion of the suspension 60 to flow into the respective holes 26, which is disposed on the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 at the affected area 112. The affected area 112 can have a circular shape on the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20, or can have any suitable alternative shape as desired. The offset portion of the suspension disposed in the affected area 112 is laterally offset from the respective hole 26 along a transverse direction perpendicular to the length of the hole 26. The affected area is located sufficiently close to the respective hole 26 so as to be drawn into the hole 26 under the force from the pressure differential. It is found that the affected area 112 is substantially spherical. However, it is contemplated that the affected area 112 may be alternatively shaped depending on a number of factors, including the dispersion gradient of the particles 62 in the liquid medium. It is recognized that the suspension 60 disposed on the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 may be agitated during the filling step 46 to maintain the dispersion of the particles 62 in the liquid medium 64. For example, the substrate 20 may be vibrated, shaken, or otherwise moved to agitate the suspension 60 and move the suspension to the respective holes 26 or to the affected area 112, thereby forcing the suspension to enter the respective holes 26.
取決於施加到基板20外表面99的懸浮液60的體積,懸浮液60的對準部分及懸浮液60的偏移部分的體積可足以填充孔洞26。因此,在一個實施例中,當實質上全部孔洞26填充有顆粒62時,可完成填充步驟46。或者,認識到在一些實施例中,懸浮液60的對準部分及懸浮液60的偏移部分的體積可能不足以在一個填充操作中填充孔洞26。在這種情況中,真空壓力不能將額外量的懸浮液60吸入孔洞26,並在孔洞26中留下一定體積的顆粒62(小於足以填充從孔洞的第一端到孔洞的第二端的實質上全部孔洞26的一定體積的顆粒62)。因此,應理解到填充孔洞26的步驟46可包括部分填充孔洞26及填充實質上全部孔洞26。 Depending on the volume of the suspension 60 applied to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20, the volume of the aligned portion of the suspension 60 and the offset portion of the suspension 60 may be sufficient to fill the holes 26. Thus, in one embodiment, the filling step 46 may be completed when substantially all of the holes 26 are filled with particles 62. Alternatively, it is recognized that in some embodiments, the volume of the aligned portion of the suspension 60 and the offset portion of the suspension 60 may not be sufficient to fill the holes 26 in one filling operation. In this case, the vacuum pressure is unable to draw additional amounts of the suspension 60 into the holes 26 and leaves a volume of particles 62 in the holes 26 (less than a volume of particles 62 sufficient to fill substantially all of the holes 26 from the first end of the holes to the second end of the holes). Therefore, it should be understood that step 46 of filling the holes 26 may include partially filling the holes 26 and filling substantially all of the holes 26.
一旦液體介質64在真空壓力作用下從對準區域110和受影響區域 112吸入孔洞26,且無其他液體介質64在壓差作用下吸入孔洞26,則將繼續對孔洞26施以壓差,以藉由孔洞26吸入空氣。吸入的空氣迫使孔洞中的液體介質64藉由由間隙界定的流動路徑排空孔洞26。因為導電材料至少實質上為無孔的,因此液體介質64不會進入導電材料。恰恰相反,液體介質64在壓差作用下排空孔洞26。因此,在填充步驟期間施加的壓差會使孔洞中的堆積顆粒62相對於液體介質64至少實質上為乾燥或完全乾燥的。 Once the liquid medium 64 is sucked into the hole 26 from the alignment area 110 and the affected area 112 under the vacuum pressure, and no other liquid medium 64 is sucked into the hole 26 under the pressure differential, the pressure differential will continue to be applied to the hole 26 to suck air through the hole 26. The sucked air forces the liquid medium 64 in the hole to empty the hole 26 through the flow path defined by the gap. Because the conductive material is at least substantially non-porous, the liquid medium 64 does not enter the conductive material. On the contrary, the liquid medium 64 empties the hole 26 under the pressure differential. Therefore, the pressure differential applied during the filling step causes the accumulated particles 62 in the hole to be at least substantially dry or completely dry relative to the liquid medium 64.
理解到一旦液體介質26已離開孔洞26,則所得的堆積導電顆粒62可彼此接觸以界定第一填充65的第一或初始堆積粉末63。第一或初始堆積粉末63可配置為如本文所述的主體填充。應認識到當液體介質64已排空孔洞時,顆粒62的表面電荷不再為液體介質64所中和。因此,顆粒62可彼此凝聚,使得孔洞26中的顆粒62界定一定體積的堆積顆粒。 It is understood that once the liquid medium 26 has left the pores 26, the resulting stacked conductive particles 62 can contact each other to define a first or initial stacked powder 63 of a first fill 65. The first or initial stacked powder 63 can be configured as a main fill as described herein. It should be recognized that when the liquid medium 64 has emptied the pores, the surface charge of the particles 62 is no longer neutralized by the liquid medium 64. Therefore, the particles 62 can agglomerate with each other so that the particles 62 in the pores 26 define a certain volume of stacked particles.
在一個實施例中,填充步驟46可包括使額外的懸浮液60進入對準區域110及受影響區域112中的一或兩者的步驟。額外的懸浮液60可增加堆積在孔洞26中的顆粒62的體積。例如,額外的懸浮液60可使孔洞26實質上完全為顆粒62所填充。或者,額外的懸浮液60可使孔洞中顆粒62的體積增加到小於足以實質上填充孔洞的顆粒62的體積,但大於在無致使(causing)步驟的情況中堆積在孔洞26中的顆粒62的體積。 In one embodiment, the filling step 46 may include the step of causing additional suspension 60 to enter one or both of the alignment region 110 and the affected region 112. The additional suspension 60 may increase the volume of particles 62 accumulated in the holes 26. For example, the additional suspension 60 may cause the holes 26 to be substantially completely filled with particles 62. Alternatively, the additional suspension 60 may increase the volume of particles 62 in the holes to a volume that is less than the volume of particles 62 sufficient to substantially fill the holes, but greater than the volume of particles 62 that would accumulate in the holes 26 without the causing step.
例如,現在請參照圖6A及圖13A到圖13C,致使步驟可包括搖動基板20的步驟,從而在一或多個角度平面中來回使基板20呈現角度。特別的是,致使步驟可包括使包括基板20的流體壓力填充裝置82來回搖動步驟。搖動步驟可使基板20的外表面99上的懸浮液60流過外表面99。因此,一定量的懸浮液可流入孔洞26的對準區域110及受影響區域112中的一或兩者。當連續搖動基板20時,額外量的懸浮液60可取代從對準區域110及受影響區域112中的一或兩者流入孔洞26的一定量的懸浮液。可啟動搖動構件209以施加搖動步驟。認識到可手 動或藉由啟動搖動構件來搖動基板20。或者,真空填充裝置84可界定搖動平台,其直接或間接支撐基板20且配置以自動搖動基板20。理解到流體壓力填充裝置82可包括擋板116(dam),其捕捉懸浮液60且防止懸浮液60在搖動基板20時從基板20流出。在一個實施例中,擋板116可由至少一個密合墊94界定。例如,至少一個密合墊94可由密封第一界面102的至少一個密合墊94界定,如上方參照圖5所述。擋板116可相對於基板20延伸到足夠高的高度,以防止懸浮液在搖動基板20步驟期間溢出。 For example, referring now to FIG. 6A and FIG. 13A to FIG. 13C , the causing step may include the step of rocking the substrate 20 so as to angle the substrate 20 back and forth in one or more angular planes. In particular, the causing step may include the step of rocking the fluid pressure filling device 82 including the substrate 20 back and forth. The rocking step may cause the suspension 60 on the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 to flow over the outer surface 99. As a result, a certain amount of the suspension may flow into one or both of the alignment area 110 and the affected area 112 of the hole 26. When the substrate 20 is continuously rocked, the additional amount of the suspension 60 may replace the certain amount of the suspension that flows into the hole 26 from one or both of the alignment area 110 and the affected area 112. The rocking member 209 may be activated to apply the rocking step. It is recognized that the substrate 20 may be rocked manually or by activating the rocking member. Alternatively, the vacuum filling device 84 may define a rocking platform that directly or indirectly supports the substrate 20 and is configured to automatically rock the substrate 20. It is understood that the fluid pressure filling device 82 may include a dam 116 that captures the suspension 60 and prevents the suspension 60 from flowing out of the substrate 20 when the substrate 20 is rocked. In one embodiment, the dam 116 may be defined by at least one sealing pad 94. For example, the at least one sealing pad 94 may be defined by at least one sealing pad 94 that seals the first interface 102, as described above with reference to FIG. 5. The baffle 116 may extend to a height sufficiently high relative to the substrate 20 to prevent the suspension from overflowing during the step of shaking the substrate 20.
或者,現在請參照圖13D,致使步驟可包括使懸浮液橫向填充到孔洞26的步驟。特別的是,可在與孔洞26橫向間隔開的位置處施加懸浮液60到基板20的外表面99。接著可傾斜基板20,使得懸浮液60流過外表面99且依序流過孔洞26。當懸浮液60流過第一孔洞26時,一定體積的懸浮液60可流入第一孔洞26。接著,懸浮液60流過與第一孔洞26相鄰的第二孔洞26,以使一定量的懸浮液60流入第二孔洞26。因此,基板20的傾斜可使懸浮液60依序地流過孔洞26。懸浮液可在重力作用下流入孔洞26。在這方面,當如上方參照圖13A到圖13C搖動基板20時,懸浮液可在重力作用下流入孔洞26。或者,傾斜基板20可使懸浮液進入受影響區域,懸浮液可在此區域被吸入孔洞。例如,當懸浮液60流過給定的孔洞26時,孔洞可在施加到懸浮液的力(以上述方式引起的壓差)作用下填充有懸浮液60。此外,如上所述,在完成圖13A到圖13D的致使步驟後,繼續向孔洞26施加真空壓力以將空氣吸入孔洞26,從而至少實質上使孔洞26乾燥。 Alternatively, referring now to FIG. 13D , the causing step may include the step of causing the suspension 60 to fill the holes 26 laterally. Specifically, the suspension 60 may be applied to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 at a position laterally spaced apart from the holes 26. The substrate 20 may then be tilted so that the suspension 60 flows over the outer surface 99 and sequentially flows through the holes 26. When the suspension 60 flows through the first holes 26, a certain volume of the suspension 60 may flow into the first holes 26. Then, the suspension 60 flows through the second holes 26 adjacent to the first holes 26 so that a certain amount of the suspension 60 flows into the second holes 26. Thus, the tilting of the substrate 20 may cause the suspension 60 to flow sequentially through the holes 26. The suspension may flow into the holes 26 under the action of gravity. In this regard, when the substrate 20 is shaken as described above with reference to FIGS. 13A to 13C , the suspension may flow into the hole 26 under the action of gravity. Alternatively, tilting the substrate 20 may allow the suspension to enter the affected area where the suspension may be sucked into the hole. For example, when the suspension 60 flows through a given hole 26, the hole may be filled with the suspension 60 under the force applied to the suspension (the pressure difference caused in the above manner). In addition, as described above, after completing the causing steps of FIGS. 13A to 13D , vacuum pressure is continuously applied to the hole 26 to suck air into the hole 26, thereby at least substantially drying the hole 26.
如圖3所示,一旦在填充孔洞26步驟期間已從孔洞26中去除液體介質,則在緊接的填充步驟46之前被吸入孔洞26的顆粒62的密度可在堆積步驟50中增加。在一個實施例中,現在請參照圖8A到圖8B,可將基板20放置在外殼118中。外殼118包括第一積層板119a及與第一積層板119a間隔開的第二積層板119b,從而界定設定好尺寸且配置以接收基板20的內部空間124。 As shown in FIG. 3 , once the liquid medium has been removed from the holes 26 during the step of filling the holes 26, the density of the particles 62 drawn into the holes 26 prior to the subsequent filling step 46 may be increased in the stacking step 50. In one embodiment, referring now to FIGS. 8A-8B , the substrate 20 may be placed in the housing 118. The housing 118 includes a first stacking plate 119a and a second stacking plate 119b spaced apart from the first stacking plate 119a, thereby defining an interior space 124 sized and configured to receive the substrate 20.
特別的是,第一積層板119a可包括第一外層板120a及第一內層122a。第二積層板119b可包括第二外層板120b及第二內層122b。第一內層122a及第二內層122b彼此面對,並因此當基板20設置在內部空間時面對基板20。從下述將理解到第一內層122a及第二內層122b可分別稱作第一堆積構件和第二堆積構件,其配置以向乾燥的初始堆積粉末63施加壓力以進一步將乾燥的初始堆積粉末63堆積成高度堆積粉末77,該粉末77的顆粒62在填充步驟及去除步驟46之後與填充步驟50之前相較顆粒62為堆積顆粒時更多地被壓製在一起。特別的是,第一內層122a及第二內層122b可具有足夠的撓性,從而延伸到各自孔洞26中以堆積顆粒62。在這方面,外殼118可稱作軟堆積外殼。類似地,堆積步驟50可稱作軟堆積步驟。將理解到在堆積步驟50後孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度可大於填充步驟46之後及堆積步驟50之前的密度。在這方面,堆積步驟50也可稱作緻密化步驟。 In particular, the first laminate plate 119a may include a first outer layer plate 120a and a first inner layer 122a. The second laminate plate 119b may include a second outer layer plate 120b and a second inner layer 122b. The first inner layer 122a and the second inner layer 122b face each other and thus face the substrate 20 when the substrate 20 is disposed in the inner space. It will be understood from the following that the first inner layer 122a and the second inner layer 122b may be referred to as a first stacking member and a second stacking member, respectively, which are configured to apply pressure to the dry initial stacking powder 63 to further stack the dry initial stacking powder 63 into a highly stacked powder 77, the particles 62 of which are more pressed together after the filling step and the removal step 46 and before the filling step 50 than when the particles 62 are stacked particles. In particular, the first inner layer 122a and the second inner layer 122b may have sufficient flexibility to extend into the respective holes 26 to stack the particles 62. In this regard, the outer shell 118 may be referred to as a soft stacking outer shell. Similarly, stacking step 50 may be referred to as a soft stacking step. It will be appreciated that the density of particles 62 in pores 26 after stacking step 50 may be greater than the density after filling step 46 and before stacking step 50. In this regard, stacking step 50 may also be referred to as a densification step.
內部空間124經設定好尺寸且配置以從孔洞26中去除液體介質64的步驟之後接收基板20。因此,內層122面對基板20各自相對的表面。外層板120相對於空氣來說是無孔且為撓性的,並可環繞內層122。因此,當第一積層板119a及第二積層板119b彼此熔合使得內部空間124完全封閉以界定封閉體126時,空氣無法進入封閉體126。 The inner space 124 is sized and configured to receive the substrate 20 after the step of removing the liquid medium 64 from the hole 26. Therefore, the inner layer 122 faces the respective opposite surfaces of the substrate 20. The outer layer 120 is non-porous and flexible relative to air and can surround the inner layer 122. Therefore, when the first laminate 119a and the second laminate 119b are fused to each other so that the inner space 124 is completely closed to define the enclosure 126, air cannot enter the enclosure 126.
在一個實施例中,第一積壓板119a及第二積壓板119b的各自部分可彼此密封以部分界定封閉體126。接著在形成封閉體126之前,可將基板20放置在內部空間124中,使得內表面97面向第一內層122a及第二內層122b的其中一者,且外表面99面向第一內層122a及第二內層122b的另外一者。接著,對封閉體126的內部空間124施加真空以從內部空間124去除空氣,且第一積層板119a及第二積層板119b可彼此密封(例如熱密封),從而在真空下界定封閉體126。當外殼118放置在真空下時,內層122a及內層122b可平放在基板20的內表面97及外 表面99上,並可在孔洞26上方延伸。此外,第一內層122a及第二內層122b可抵靠任何相對於表面97及99中的一或兩者向外延伸的過填充顆粒62。 In one embodiment, respective portions of the first and second laminated plates 119a, 119b may be sealed to each other to partially define the enclosure 126. Then, before forming the enclosure 126, the substrate 20 may be placed in the interior space 124 so that the interior surface 97 faces one of the first and second inner layers 122a, 122b, and the exterior surface 99 faces the other of the first and second inner layers 122a, 122b. Then, a vacuum is applied to the interior space 124 of the enclosure 126 to remove air from the interior space 124, and the first and second laminated plates 119a, 119b may be sealed to each other (e.g., heat sealed) to define the enclosure 126 under vacuum. When the housing 118 is placed under vacuum, the inner layers 122a and 122b can lie flat on the inner surface 97 and the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 and can extend above the hole 26. In addition, the first inner layer 122a and the second inner layer 122b can abut against any overfill particles 62 that extend outward relative to one or both of the surfaces 97 and 99.
因此,現在請參照圖8C,外殼118可放置在壓機128中,其配置以對外殼118施加足夠外壓使得外殼118將初始填充粉末63的顆粒62緻密化。例如,壓機128可以為等靜壓機,其對積層板施加等靜壓。因此,堆積步驟50可稱作等靜壓堆積步驟。可施加等靜壓到外層板120a及外層板122a,其進而施加等靜壓到內層122a及內層122b。等靜壓可在約5,000磅/平方英吋(PSI)到約60,000PSI的範圍。例如,等靜壓可在約20,000PSI到約50,000PSI的範圍。在一個實施例中,等靜壓可在約25,000PSI到約40,000PSI的範圍。 Therefore, referring now to FIG. 8C , the shell 118 may be placed in a press 128 configured to apply sufficient external pressure to the shell 118 so that the shell 118 densifies the particles 62 of the initial fill powder 63. For example, the press 128 may be an isostatic press that applies isostatic pressure to the stacking plates. Therefore, the stacking step 50 may be referred to as an isostatic press stacking step. Isostatic pressure may be applied to the outer layer plate 120a and the outer layer plate 122a, which in turn applies isostatic pressure to the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b. The isostatic pressure may range from about 5,000 pounds per square inch (PSI) to about 60,000 PSI. For example, the isostatic pressing may be in the range of about 20,000 PSI to about 50,000 PSI. In one embodiment, the isostatic pressing may be in the range of about 25,000 PSI to about 40,000 PSI.
施加到外殼118的等靜壓機的壓力可在等靜壓的作用下驅動內層122a及122b進入孔洞26的相對端,從而進一步將在填充步驟46期間獲得的初始堆積粉末63的顆粒堆積到高度堆積粉末77,其顆粒62較堆積顆粒62來的更緊密堆積。因此,可說壓力使孔洞26中的顆粒62緻密化。特別的是,等靜壓驅動內層122a及內層122b以使堆積粉末63緻密化。應理解到當初始堆積粉末進一步堆積成高度堆積粉末時,高度堆積粉末的顆粒所佔據的沿著孔洞26長度的距離相對於初始堆積粉末的顆粒佔據的距離是減少的。也就是說,顆粒可在孔洞中縱向壓縮。 The pressure of the isostatic press applied to the outer shell 118 can drive the inner layers 122a and 122b into the opposite ends of the hole 26 under the action of the isostatic pressure, thereby further stacking the particles of the initial stacking powder 63 obtained during the filling step 46 into the highly stacked powder 77, whose particles 62 are more densely stacked than the stacked particles 62. Therefore, it can be said that the pressure densifies the particles 62 in the hole 26. In particular, the isostatic pressure drives the inner layers 122a and the inner layers 122b to densify the stacked powder 63. It should be understood that when the initial accumulation powder is further accumulated into a highly accumulated powder, the distance occupied by the particles of the highly accumulated powder along the length of the hole 26 is reduced relative to the distance occupied by the particles of the initial accumulation powder. In other words, the particles can be compressed longitudinally in the hole.
可在室溫施加等靜壓。在這方面,等靜壓機可稱作冷等靜壓機(cold isostatic press;CIP)。或者,等靜壓機可配置為溫等靜壓機(warm isostatic press;WIP),其可配置以在約120℃到約250℃的範圍的溫度且持續一段足夠的時間施加等靜壓,以使顆粒62變形並進一步緻密化。 The isostatic press may be applied at room temperature. In this regard, the isostatic press may be referred to as a cold isostatic press (CIP). Alternatively, the isostatic press may be configured as a warm isostatic press (WIP), which may be configured to apply isostatic pressure at a temperature in the range of about 120°C to about 250°C and for a sufficient period of time to deform and further densify the particles 62.
不希望受理論束縛,咸信內層122a及內層122b可使初始堆積粉末63的外端相較在外端之間延伸的初始堆積粉末63的中間部分來的緻密化。此外,也請參照圖6B,內層122a及內層122b可驅動第一填充步驟46的初始堆積粉 末63在孔洞26朝向孔洞26的中心移動。因此,如圖6B所示,初始堆積粉末63可相對於孔洞26的總長度經驅動到實質上孔洞26的中心。隨後填充的隨後壓製步驟可驅動所得的隨後的堆積粉末79抵靠在先前填充步驟46期間吸入孔洞26的粉末(也稱作先前粉末)。若有需要,先前粉末可由第一填充步驟46及第一壓製步驟50中的一或兩者界定。或者,若有需要,先前粉末可由隨後填充步驟46及隨後壓製步驟50中的一或兩者界定。 Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the inner layers 122a and 122b can densify the outer ends of the initial accumulation powder 63 relative to the middle portion of the initial accumulation powder 63 extending between the outer ends. In addition, referring also to FIG. 6B , the inner layers 122a and 122b can drive the initial accumulation powder 63 of the first filling step 46 to move in the hole 26 toward the center of the hole 26. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 6B , the initial accumulation powder 63 can be driven to substantially the center of the hole 26 relative to the total length of the hole 26. The subsequent pressing step of the subsequent filling can drive the resulting subsequent accumulation powder 79 against the powder (also referred to as the previous powder) that was drawn into the hole 26 during the previous filling step 46. If desired, the previous powder may be defined by one or both of the first filling step 46 and the first pressing step 50. Alternatively, if desired, the previous powder may be defined by one or both of the subsequent filling step 46 and the subsequent pressing step 50.
在一個實施例中,當內層122a及內層122b延伸入孔洞26的相對端時,可對孔洞26的每一端施加實質上等量的壓力。因此,相對於孔洞26的長度偏離中心設置的初始堆積粉末63可與各自內層122a及122b中的其中一者接觸,被驅動朝向孔洞26的中心,並受壓在內層122a與122b之間。隨後初始堆積粉末壓在先前受壓的高度堆積粉末上。因此,內層122a及內層122b中的其中一者與先前受壓的高度堆積粉末的外端接觸,而內層122a及內層122b中的另一者與隨後初始堆積粉末的外端接觸,從而將隨後初始堆積粉末高度堆積成高度堆積粉末。當初始堆積粉末由內層122a及內層122b縱向堆積,應理解到初始堆積粉末可在其堆積成高度堆積粉末時徑向擴大,從而將各自顆粒62壓靠在界定孔洞26的基板20的內壁。 In one embodiment, when the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b extend into opposite ends of the hole 26, substantially equal amounts of pressure may be applied to each end of the hole 26. Thus, the initial accumulation powder 63 disposed off-center relative to the length of the hole 26 may contact one of the respective inner layers 122a and 122b, be driven toward the center of the hole 26, and be compressed between the inner layers 122a and 122b. The initial accumulation powder is then compressed on the previously compressed highly accumulated powder. Therefore, one of the inner layers 122a and 122b contacts the outer end of the previously compressed highly accumulated powder, and the other of the inner layers 122a and 122b contacts the outer end of the subsequent initially accumulated powder, thereby highly accumulating the subsequent initially accumulated powder into highly accumulated powder. When the initially accumulated powder is longitudinally accumulated from the inner layers 122a and 122b, it should be understood that the initially accumulated powder can expand radially when it is accumulated into highly accumulated powder, thereby pressing each particle 62 against the inner wall of the substrate 20 defining the hole 26.
內層122a及內層122b可根據需要由任何適合的材料製成。在一個實施例中,內層122a及內層122b可由黏彈性材料製成,且因此配置以進入孔洞26以壓縮設置在孔洞26中的顆粒62。例如,內層122a及內層122b可均勻且一致地將等靜壓分散在基板上,使得內層122a及內層122b與基板20的外表面共形,並延伸入孔洞26。因此,內層122a及內層122b可將初始堆積粉末63機械堆積成高度堆積粉末。因此,期望內層122a及內層122是由不會黏附到顆粒62的材料製成,使得當去除等靜壓時,可從孔洞26去除內層122a及內層122b而不會從孔洞26拉出顆粒62。在一個實施例中,內層122a及內層122b可由Mylar製成。在另一 個實施例中,內層122a及內層122b可由Teflon製成。外層板120a及外層板120b可由任何適合的無孔材料製成。例如,外層板120a及外層板120b可由諸如鋁的撓性金屬製成。 The inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can be made of any suitable material as needed. In one embodiment, the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can be made of a viscoelastic material and thus configured to enter the hole 26 to compress the particles 62 disposed in the hole 26. For example, the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can evenly and consistently distribute the isostatic pressure on the substrate so that the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b conform to the outer surface of the substrate 20 and extend into the hole 26. Therefore, the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can mechanically stack the initial stacking powder 63 into a highly stacked powder. Therefore, it is desirable that the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122 are made of a material that does not adhere to the particles 62, so that when the isostatic pressing is removed, the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can be removed from the hole 26 without pulling the particles 62 out of the hole 26. In one embodiment, the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can be made of Mylar. In another embodiment, the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b can be made of Teflon. The outer layer plates 120a and the outer layer plates 120b can be made of any suitable non-porous material. For example, the outer layer plates 120a and the outer layer plates 120b can be made of a flexible metal such as aluminum.
在一個實施例中,若有需要,外層板120a及外層板120b可包括塗覆到其各自內表面的熔融材料121(諸如Mylar)。熔融材料121可自身熔融以產生真空封閉體126。內層122a及內層122b可與外層板120a及外層板120b分離,並放置在外層板及基板20之間。或者,內層122a及內層122b可根據需要內襯著外層板120a及外層板120b。 In one embodiment, if desired, outer sheet 120a and outer sheet 120b may include molten material 121 (such as Mylar) coated on their respective inner surfaces. Molten material 121 may melt itself to produce vacuum enclosure 126. Inner layer 122a and inner layer 122b may be separated from outer sheet 120a and outer sheet 120b and placed between the outer sheet and substrate 20. Alternatively, inner layer 122a and inner layer 122b may be lined with outer sheet 120a and outer sheet 120b as desired.
因此,應理解到封閉體126中的真空足以使內層122a及內層122b單獨地或與過填充結合地平放在內表面97及外表面99上。因此,將認識到在均勻且一致地將等靜壓直接或間接通過外層施加到內層122a及內層122b之前(如本文所述),可考慮使用任何合適的裝置,使內層122a及內層122b單獨地或與過填充結合地平放在內表面及外表面97及99上。因此,內層可稱作堆積構件,可配置以經驅動到基板20的孔洞26中,從而將初始堆積粉末63高度堆積成設置在其中的高度堆積粉末。 Therefore, it will be appreciated that the vacuum in the enclosure 126 is sufficient to cause the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b to lie flat on the inner surface 97 and the outer surface 99, either alone or in combination with overfilling. Therefore, it will be appreciated that any suitable means may be contemplated for causing the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b to lie flat on the inner and outer surfaces 97 and 99, either alone or in combination with overfilling, prior to uniformly and consistently applying isostatic pressure directly or indirectly through the outer layer to the inner layer 122a and the inner layer 122b, as described herein. Therefore, the inner layer may be referred to as a stacking member, which may be configured to be driven into the hole 26 of the substrate 20, thereby highly stacking the initial stacking powder 63 into a highly stacked powder disposed therein.
現在請參照圖3及圖6B,一旦從堆積構件去除等靜壓,即完成增加堆積密度50的步驟。一旦完成增加堆積密度的步驟,即同樣完成第一填充及堆積順序。然而,理解到在某些實施例中,可忽略堆積步驟50。相反地,如下方更詳述的,可在步驟53中實施硬壓製基板20以使顆粒62堆積的步驟。又在其他實施例中,步驟50及步驟53兩者可在方法40期間實施。此外,應理解到等靜壓壓製顆粒62的步驟可分別在填充孔洞的複數個連續迭代之間的複數個實施例中實施。 Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 6B , once the isostatic pressing is removed from the stacked member, the step of increasing the stacking density 50 is completed. Once the step of increasing the stacking density is completed, the first filling and stacking sequence is also completed. However, it is understood that in certain embodiments, the stacking step 50 may be omitted. Instead, as described in more detail below, the step of hard pressing the substrate 20 to stack the particles 62 may be performed in step 53. In yet other embodiments, both steps 50 and 53 may be performed during method 40. Furthermore, it should be understood that the step of isostatically pressing the particles 62 may be performed in a plurality of embodiments between a plurality of consecutive iterations of filling the voids.
請參照圖6B到圖7C,認識到在一些實施例中,在第一填充步驟46之後及可選擇地在第一堆積步驟50之後,顆粒62可界定僅沿著孔洞26的一部 份延伸的主體填充。在其他實施例中,主體填充可沿著實質上全部孔洞26延伸。當主體填充僅沿著孔洞的一部份延伸時,顆粒62可佔據孔洞26的長度(其係小於孔洞26全部長度),從而界定從主體填充到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每者量測的縱向距離。若每個距離大於預定距離,則實施後續順序55以使用額外的主體填充來填充孔洞26,直到達到預定距離為止。若每個距離小於或等於預定距離,則可將最終填充分別從孔洞26的第一端及第二端引入孔洞26。可在實施填充步驟46後測定距離。或者,可在實施堆積步驟50後測定距離。 6B-7C , it is recognized that in some embodiments, after the first filling step 46 and optionally after the first stacking step 50, the particles 62 may define a bulk fill that extends along only a portion of the hole 26. In other embodiments, the bulk fill may extend along substantially all of the hole 26. When the bulk fill extends along only a portion of the hole, the particles 62 may occupy a length of the hole 26 that is less than the entire length of the hole 26, thereby defining a longitudinal distance measured from the bulk fill to each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. If each distance is greater than a predetermined distance, a subsequent sequence 55 is implemented to fill the hole 26 with additional bulk fill until the predetermined distance is reached. If each distance is less than or equal to the predetermined distance, the final filling can be introduced into the hole 26 from the first end and the second end of the hole 26, respectively. The distance can be measured after the filling step 46 is performed. Alternatively, the distance can be measured after the stacking step 50 is performed.
又或者,認識到在一些實施例中,在第一堆積步驟50之後,主體填充的顆粒62可從孔洞26的第一端延伸到孔洞的第二端。因此,主體填充可從基板20的第一表面22延伸到基板20的第二表面24。例如,主體填充可從孔洞26延伸超過基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。因此,單一填充步驟46可填充孔洞26使得導電顆粒62連續延伸穿過孔洞,且可從孔洞延伸超過基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者。從下述將可理解,可隨後在孔洞26內壓實顆粒62,且在硬壓製步驟53期間(下方將更詳述)抵靠第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。 Alternatively, it is recognized that in some embodiments, after the first stacking step 50, the bulk fill particles 62 may extend from the first end of the hole 26 to the second end of the hole. Thus, the bulk fill may extend from the first surface 22 of the substrate 20 to the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. For example, the bulk fill may extend from the hole 26 beyond one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. Thus, a single filling step 46 may fill the hole 26 such that the conductive particles 62 extend continuously through the hole and may extend from the hole beyond each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. As will be understood below, the particles 62 may then be compacted within the hole 26 and against one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 during the hard pressing step 53 (described in more detail below).
在一個實施例中,預定距離可在約1微米到約30微米的範圍。在一個實施例中,範圍可為約1微米到約20微米。例如,範圍可為約1微米到約10微米。例如,範圍可為約2微米到約6微米。在一個實施例中,預定距離可在孔洞26的總長的約0.5%到孔洞26的總長的約25%的範圍。例如,範圍可為孔洞26的總長的約0.5%到孔洞26的總長的約20%。例如,範圍可為孔洞26的總長的約0.5%到孔洞26的總長的約15%。例如,範圍可為孔洞26的總長的約0.5%到孔洞26的總長的約10%。例如,範圍可為孔洞26的總長的約0.5%到孔洞26的總長的約5%。例如,範圍可為孔洞26的總長的約1%到孔洞26的總長的約4%。 In one embodiment, the predetermined distance may be in the range of about 1 micron to about 30 microns. In one embodiment, the range may be about 1 micron to about 20 microns. For example, the range may be about 1 micron to about 10 microns. For example, the range may be about 2 microns to about 6 microns. In one embodiment, the predetermined distance may be in the range of about 0.5% of the total length of the hole 26 to about 25% of the total length of the hole 26. For example, the range may be about 0.5% of the total length of the hole 26 to about 20% of the total length of the hole 26. For example, the range may be about 0.5% of the total length of the hole 26 to about 15% of the total length of the hole 26. For example, the range may be about 0.5% of the total length of the hole 26 to about 10% of the total length of the hole 26. For example, the range may be about 0.5% of the total length of the hole 26 to about 5% of the total length of the hole 26. For example, the range may be about 1% of the total length of the hole 26 to about 4% of the total length of the hole 26.
當距離達到預定尺寸或尺寸範圍時,可實施至少一個填充及壓製 步驟的最終順序53。因此,如圖9B所示,在最終順序53的最終填充步驟46期間進入孔洞26的顆粒62,可稱作最終填充。最終填充意欲佔據孔洞26的一部份,該部分從主體填充延伸到孔洞26的第一終端及第二終端。當孔洞26為通孔時,最終填充意欲從主體填充延伸到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者。主體填充的顆粒62可由第一顆粒62a界定,該等第一顆粒62a經配置且意欲沿著孔洞26大部分的長度延伸。最終填充的顆粒62可由第二顆粒62b界定,但理解到可考慮使用其他尺寸的顆粒作為最終填充。因此,在一個實施例中,可以主體填充及最終填充兩者填充孔洞26。 When the distance reaches a predetermined size or size range, a final sequence 53 of at least one filling and pressing step may be implemented. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 9B , the particles 62 that enter the hole 26 during the final filling step 46 of the final sequence 53 may be referred to as the final filling. The final filling is intended to occupy a portion of the hole 26 that extends from the main filling to the first end and the second end of the hole 26. When the hole 26 is a through hole, the final filling is intended to extend from the main filling to each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. The particles 62 of the main filling may be defined by the first particles 62a that are configured and intended to extend along the length of most of the hole 26. The final fill particles 62 may be defined by the second particles 62b, but it is understood that particles of other sizes may be considered for the final fill. Thus, in one embodiment, the hole 26 may be filled with both a main fill and a final fill.
如圖9A所示,當每一個距離大於預定距離時,會以上述方式實施後續填充步驟46,從而從後續填充步驟46的後續填充67生產初始堆積粉末63。後續填充步驟46可為主體填充步驟。如圖9B所示,若實施後續壓製步驟50,則可從後續填充67生產高度堆積粉末77。在第一填充步驟及可選擇地第一堆積步驟50之後,可更加堆積高度堆積粉末。因此,如圖9A所示,如以上參照第一填充步驟所述,後續填充步驟始於步驟46,由此以上述關於第一填充步驟的方式實施後續填充步驟46。特別的是,基板20的內表面97是以上述的方式放置抵靠著濾介質100。 As shown in FIG9A, when each distance is greater than the predetermined distance, the subsequent filling step 46 is performed in the above-described manner, thereby producing the initial accumulation powder 63 from the subsequent filling 67 of the subsequent filling step 46. The subsequent filling step 46 may be a main filling step. As shown in FIG9B, if the subsequent pressing step 50 is performed, the highly accumulated powder 77 may be produced from the subsequent filling 67. After the first filling step and optionally the first accumulation step 50, the highly accumulated powder may be further accumulated. Therefore, as shown in FIG9A, the subsequent filling step begins with step 46 as described above with reference to the first filling step, thereby performing the subsequent filling step 46 in the above-described manner with respect to the first filling step. In particular, the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 is placed against the filter medium 100 in the manner described above.
請參照圖9A,第一填充65的高度堆積粉末77可提供插塞95,其使空氣及液體介質64通過但不使第一顆粒62a通過。特別的是,當孔洞26中的顆粒62界定上述單峰分佈70時,顆粒62界定間隙66。或者,當第一填充65的顆粒65界定雙峰分佈72時,則顆粒62可如上所述分別界定第一雙峰間隙66及第二雙峰間隙75。又或者,當第一填充65的顆粒65界定三峰分佈73時,則顆粒可如上所述分別界定第一三峰間隙66、第二三峰間隙75及第三三峰間隙69。認識到在某些實施例中,第一填充65的間隙的尺寸可小於第一顆粒62a的尺寸。因此,可說插塞95界定空洞26中的內部濾層,其相對於第一顆粒62a來說為無孔的。插塞 95可由高度堆積粉末77界定,或可由在第一填充步驟46期間吸入孔洞26的第一顆粒62a界定。內部濾層的間隙足夠大,從而相對於流體及空氣來說為多孔的。因此,可預期由第一顆粒62界定的內部濾層可防止在後續填充步驟46中流入孔洞的顆粒62從孔洞26穿過位於基板20下方的濾介質100。然而,仍希望包括濾介質100來做為屏障,以保護支撐構件108(請參照圖5)免受可能仍能流過孔洞26的分散顆粒的影響。在一些實施例中,後續填充步驟的濾介質100可能較第一填充步驟的濾介質100來的粗糙。 9A , the highly packed powder 77 of the first fill 65 may provide a plug 95 that allows air and liquid medium 64 to pass through but does not allow the first particles 62a to pass through. In particular, when the particles 62 in the holes 26 define the unimodal distribution 70 described above, the particles 62 define gaps 66. Alternatively, when the particles 65 of the first fill 65 define a bimodal distribution 72, the particles 62 may define a first bimodal gap 66 and a second bimodal gap 75, respectively, as described above. Alternatively, when the particles 65 of the first fill 65 define a trimodal distribution 73, the particles may define a first trimodal gap 66, a second trimodal gap 75, and a third trimodal gap 69, respectively, as described above. It is recognized that in some embodiments, the size of the gaps of the first fill 65 may be smaller than the size of the first particles 62a. Thus, it can be said that the plug 95 defines an inner filter layer in the void 26 that is non-porous relative to the first particle 62a. The plug 95 can be defined by the highly packed powder 77, or can be defined by the first particle 62a that is sucked into the void 26 during the first filling step 46. The gaps of the inner filter layer are large enough to be porous relative to the fluid and air. Therefore, it can be expected that the inner filter layer defined by the first particle 62 can prevent the particle 62 that flows into the void in the subsequent filling step 46 from passing through the filter medium 100 located below the substrate 20 from the void 26. However, it is still desirable to include the filter medium 100 as a barrier to protect the support member 108 (see FIG. 5 ) from dispersed particles that may still be able to flow through the holes 26 . In some embodiments, the filter medium 100 of the subsequent filling step may be coarser than the filter medium 100 of the first filling step.
現在請參照圖9A,應理解到在第一後續填充步驟期間,基板的內表面97可由在緊接在前的填充步驟(可為如圖所示的第一填充步驟或為後續填充步驟)期間界定內表面97的第一表面22及第二表面24中的其中一者的相同表面界定內表面97。類似地,外表面99可由在緊接在前的填充步驟期間界定外表面99的第一表面22及第二表面24中的其中一者的相同表面界定外表面99。或者,可相對於緊接在前的填充步驟翻轉基板20,使得內表面97由第一表面22及第二表面24中的另一者界定。類似地,可相對於緊接在前的填充步驟來翻轉基板20,使得外表面99是由第一表面22及第二表面24中的另一者界定。 Referring now to FIG. 9A , it should be understood that during the first subsequent filling step, the inner surface 97 of the substrate may be defined by the same surface of the first surface 22 and one of the second surfaces 24 that defined the inner surface 97 during the immediately preceding filling step (which may be the first filling step as shown or a subsequent filling step). Similarly, the outer surface 99 may be defined by the same surface of the first surface 22 and one of the second surfaces 24 that defined the outer surface 99 during the immediately preceding filling step. Alternatively, the substrate 20 may be flipped relative to the immediately preceding filling step so that the inner surface 97 is defined by the other of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. Similarly, the substrate 20 may be flipped relative to the immediately preceding filling step so that the outer surface 99 is defined by the other of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24.
因此,在第一後續填充步驟期間,真空壓力可如同在緊接在前的填充步驟使懸浮液60流入孔洞26的第一端及第二端中的其中一者的相同一端。或者,可翻轉基板20從而真空壓力使懸浮液60流入孔洞26的第一端及第二端中的其中一者的相對一端。 Therefore, during the first subsequent filling step, the vacuum pressure may cause the suspension 60 to flow into the same end of one of the first and second ends of the hole 26 as in the immediately preceding filling step. Alternatively, the substrate 20 may be flipped so that the vacuum pressure causes the suspension 60 to flow into the opposite end of one of the first and second ends of the hole 26.
如圖9所示,可實施第一後續填充步驟46,使得第一後續填充步驟46的後續填充67的後續堆積粉末79過填充孔洞26。也就是說,後續堆積粉末79的顆粒62延伸超過孔洞26,經過第一表面22及第二表面24中的各自一者。然而,認識到若實施後續堆積步驟50,則會使後續堆積粉末79堆積成後續高度堆積粉末。因此,在後續填充步驟46之後但在後續堆積步驟50之前,沿著由後續 高度堆積粉末所佔據的空洞的長度的距離會相對於後續堆積粉末79的顆粒62所佔據的距離減小。也就是說,若實施,則顆粒62可在後續堆積步驟期間縱向壓縮。因此,即使在堆積之前顆粒62被過填充(意味著其延伸超過第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者),認識到由後續堆積步驟50之後的後續填充67界定的後續高度堆積粉末,可相對於基板20各自外表面凹入(如圖9B所示),從而界定上述距離。 9, the first subsequent filling step 46 may be performed so that the subsequent accumulation powder 79 of the subsequent filling 67 of the first subsequent filling step 46 overfills the hole 26. That is, the particles 62 of the subsequent accumulation powder 79 extend beyond the hole 26, passing through each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. However, it is recognized that if the subsequent accumulation step 50 is performed, the subsequent accumulation powder 79 is accumulated into a subsequent highly accumulated powder. Thus, after subsequent filling step 46 but before subsequent stacking step 50, the distance along the length of the void occupied by the subsequent stacking powder is reduced relative to the distance occupied by particles 62 of the subsequent stacking powder 79. That is, if implemented, particles 62 may be longitudinally compressed during the subsequent stacking step. Therefore, even if the particles 62 are overfilled (meaning that they extend beyond one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24) before stacking, it is recognized that the subsequent height of the stacked powder defined by the subsequent filling 67 after the subsequent stacking step 50 can be recessed relative to the respective outer surfaces of the substrate 20 (as shown in FIG. 9B), thereby defining the above distance.
若有需要,如圖9A所示,一旦已在孔洞26的一端處實施第一後續填充步驟46從而界定後續堆積粉末79,則可在後續步驟50中將後續堆積粉末67堆積成高度堆積粉末77(如圖9B所示)。因此,導電材料可包括高度堆積粉末77的區域,此等區域沿著孔洞及沿著所得的導通孔彼此間隔開。或者,可省略堆積步驟50使得至少延伸到(且可能通過)孔洞26的一端的顆粒62可保留做為後續堆積粉末79,而不被高度堆積。接著,如圖9B所示,基板可相對於圖9A而翻轉,且可在孔洞26的相對端處實施第二或相反的後續填充步驟46,從而界定第二或相反的後續堆積粉末81,其延伸到(且可能經過)孔洞26的相對端。接著若有需要,可實施相反的後續堆積步驟50,以根據需要將相對的後續堆積粉末81堆積成高度堆積粉末77。因此,第一填充65的第一或初始堆積粉末63可設置在後續堆積粉末79與相反的後續堆積粉末81之間。若有需要,第一或初始堆積粉末63、後續堆積粉末79及相反的後續堆積粉末81中的任何一或多個或多達全部可界定高度堆積粉末77。如圖9C所示,第一填充65及後續填充67的顆粒62可結合以界定堆積主體填充130。 If desired, as shown in FIG9A, once the first subsequent filling step 46 has been performed at one end of the hole 26 to define the subsequent accumulation powder 79, the subsequent accumulation powder 67 can be accumulated into a highly accumulated powder 77 (as shown in FIG9B) in a subsequent step 50. Thus, the conductive material can include regions of highly accumulated powder 77 that are spaced apart from each other along the hole and along the resulting conductive via. Alternatively, the accumulation step 50 can be omitted so that the particles 62 that extend to at least one end of the hole 26 (and possibly through) can remain as subsequent accumulation powder 79 without being highly accumulated. Next, as shown in FIG9B , the substrate may be flipped relative to FIG9A , and a second or opposite subsequent filling step 46 may be performed at the opposite end of the hole 26, thereby defining a second or opposite subsequent accumulation powder 81 that extends to (and possibly past) the opposite end of the hole 26. Then, if necessary, an opposite subsequent accumulation step 50 may be performed to accumulate the opposite subsequent accumulation powder 81 into a highly accumulated powder 77 as desired. Thus, the first or initial accumulation powder 63 of the first filling 65 may be disposed between the subsequent accumulation powder 79 and the opposite subsequent accumulation powder 81. If desired, any one or more or up to all of the first or initial stacking powder 63, the subsequent stacking powder 79, and the opposite subsequent stacking powder 81 may define a highly stacked powder 77. As shown in FIG. 9C, the particles 62 of the first fill 65 and the subsequent fill 67 may be combined to define a stacked main fill 130.
現在請參照圖9C及圖12A,當上述距離在預定距離之內時,可在孔洞26的每一端處實施最終填充步驟46。最終填充步驟46可根據需要使用第二懸浮液60b。因此,第二懸浮液60b的顆粒62b可稱作最終填充。或者,第一懸浮液60a可用於最終填充步驟46。因此,雖然下方結合第二懸浮液60b來描述最終 填充步驟,然而該描述可同樣適用於第一懸浮液60a。可在第一填充步驟46之後或在一或多個後續填充步驟46之後,實施最終填充步驟46。又或者,若第一填充步驟46使顆粒62延伸超過基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24且省略堆積步驟50,則可省略最終填充步驟46。 Referring now to FIG. 9C and FIG. 12A , when the distance is within the predetermined distance, a final filling step 46 may be performed at each end of the hole 26. The final filling step 46 may use the second suspension 60b as desired. Thus, the particles 62b of the second suspension 60b may be referred to as the final filling. Alternatively, the first suspension 60a may be used for the final filling step 46. Thus, although the final filling step is described below in conjunction with the second suspension 60b, the description may equally apply to the first suspension 60a. The final filling step 46 may be performed after the first filling step 46 or after one or more subsequent filling steps 46. Alternatively, if the first filling step 46 causes the particles 62 to extend beyond the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20 and the stacking step 50 is omitted, the final filling step 46 can be omitted.
在最終填充步驟期間使用的懸浮液60可由第二懸浮液60b或根據需要由任何合適的替代懸浮液界定,以生產最終堆積粉末132。在第一最終填充步驟46期間,可在孔洞26的一端處填充最終懸浮液60。在第二或相反的最終填充步驟46期間,可在孔洞26的相對端處填充第二或相反的懸浮液60。第一最終懸浮液60可由第二懸浮液60b界定,或可如上述由第一懸浮液60a界定。可過填充第一最終懸浮液60,從而延伸出孔洞26超過基板20的外表面99,其可由第一外表面22或第二外表面24界定。接著,若有需要,可施加第一最終堆積步驟50到第一最終懸浮液60,以將最終堆積粉末132堆積成最終填充134的高度堆積粉末77(如圖12B所示)。在這方面,理解到最終填充134的高度堆積粉末77可相對於孔洞26來說被過填充。 The suspension 60 used during the final filling step may be defined by the second suspension 60b or by any suitable alternative suspension as desired to produce the final stockpile powder 132. During the first final filling step 46, the final suspension 60 may be filled at one end of the hole 26. During the second or opposite final filling step 46, the second or opposite suspension 60 may be filled at the opposite end of the hole 26. The first final suspension 60 may be defined by the second suspension 60b, or may be defined by the first suspension 60a as described above. The first final suspension 60 may be overfilled, thereby extending the hole 26 beyond the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20, which may be defined by the first outer surface 22 or the second outer surface 24. Next, if desired, a first final accumulation step 50 may be applied to the first final suspension 60 to accumulate the final accumulation powder 132 into a highly accumulated powder 77 of a final fill 134 (as shown in FIG. 12B ). In this regard, it is understood that the highly accumulated powder 77 of the final fill 134 may be overfilled relative to the hole 26.
接著,可翻轉基板20,且第二或相反的最終填充步驟可以第二最終懸浮液填充孔洞的相對端,從而在孔洞26的相對端處生產相對的最終堆積粉末。可在步驟50中對第二最終懸浮液進行堆積,以生產圖12B所示的最終填充134的高度堆積粉末,其實質上是平坦的及/或實質上與第一表面22及第二表面24齊平。認識到本文「平坦的且與第一表面22及第二表面24齊平」中的「實質上」乙詞可在完美的平坦且完美地齊平之中存在微小的變化,然而出於未來圖案化且後續使用的目的,本所屬技術領域中具有通常知識者將其理解為齊平的。或者,如上所述,可省略堆積步驟50。或者,若第一最終填充並未在堆積步驟50中堆積,則可在第二或相反的最終填充步驟46之後實施堆積步驟50,從而從第一及第二最終堆積步驟46兩者的最終堆積粉末生產高度堆積粉末。在最終填充 步驟46之後,最終填充的相反的高度堆積粉末77同樣可相對於孔洞26被過填充。 The substrate 20 may then be flipped over and a second or opposite final filling step may fill the opposite end of the hole with a second final suspension, thereby producing an opposite final accumulation of powder at the opposite end of the hole 26. The second final suspension may be accumulated in step 50 to produce a highly accumulated powder as shown in FIG. 12B as a final fill 134 that is substantially flat and/or substantially flush with the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. It is recognized that the term "substantially" in "flat and flush with the first surface 22 and the second surface 24" herein may vary slightly from perfectly flat and perfectly flush, however, for the purposes of future patterning and subsequent use, it will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art to be flush. Alternatively, as described above, the stacking step 50 may be omitted. Alternatively, if the first final filling is not stacked in the stacking step 50, the stacking step 50 may be performed after the second or opposite final filling step 46, thereby producing a highly stacked powder from the final stacked powders of both the first and second final stacking steps 46. After the final filling step 46, the opposite highly stacked powder 77 of the final filling may also be overfilled relative to the hole 26.
認識到無論在步驟50中堆積與否,堆積主體填充130及堆積最終填充134可結合以界定導通孔34的填充35。因此,可說填充35是由導電材料界定。 It is recognized that the deposited main fill 130 and the deposited final fill 134 may combine to define the fill 35 of the via 34, whether deposited in step 50 or not. Thus, the fill 35 may be said to be defined by the conductive material.
認識到第一填充65的高度堆積粉末77的孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度大於初始堆積粉末63的孔洞中的顆粒62的密度。認識到第一填充的高度堆積粉末77的孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度(若適用),大於第一填充65的初始堆積粉末63的孔洞中的顆粒62的密度。更進一步認識到,後續填充67的高度堆積粉末77的孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度(若適用),大於後續堆積粉末63的孔洞中的顆粒63的密度。類似地,認識到最終填充134的高度堆積粉末77的孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度(若適用),大於最終堆積粉末132的孔洞中的顆粒62的密度。更進一步認識到,後續填充67的高度堆積粉末77的孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度大於後續堆積粉末63的孔洞中的顆粒63的密度。類似地,認識到最終填充134的高度堆積粉末77的孔洞26中的顆粒62的密度大於最終堆積粉末132的孔洞中的顆粒62的密度。 It is recognized that the density of particles 62 in pores 26 of highly packed powder 77 of first fill 65 is greater than the density of particles 62 in pores of initial packed powder 63. It is recognized that the density of particles 62 in pores 26 of highly packed powder 77 of first fill (if applicable) is greater than the density of particles 62 in pores of initial packed powder 63 of first fill 65. It is further recognized that the density of particles 62 in pores 26 of highly packed powder 77 of subsequent fill 67 (if applicable) is greater than the density of particles 63 in pores of subsequent packed powder 63. Similarly, it is recognized that the density of particles 62 in holes 26 of highly packed powder 77 of final fill 134, if applicable, is greater than the density of particles 62 in holes of final packed powder 132. It is further recognized that the density of particles 62 in holes 26 of highly packed powder 77 of subsequent fill 67 is greater than the density of particles 63 in holes of subsequent packed powder 63. Similarly, it is recognized that the density of particles 62 in holes 26 of highly packed powder 77 of final fill 134 is greater than the density of particles 62 in holes of final packed powder 132.
現在請參照圖10,認識到後續填充步驟46可藉由以下來實施:以顆粒62對孔洞的一側進行後續填充、翻轉基板20,及在第一後續填充步驟46之後在步驟50中以顆粒對孔洞的相對側進行後續填充而不堆積顆粒。接著,堆積步驟50(若實施)可同時在孔洞26的兩端處堆積第一及第二後續填充顆粒62。 Now referring to FIG. 10 , it is recognized that the subsequent filling step 46 can be implemented by performing subsequent filling on one side of the hole with particles 62, flipping the substrate 20, and performing subsequent filling on the opposite side of the hole with particles in step 50 without stacking particles after the first subsequent filling step 46. Then, the stacking step 50 (if implemented) can simultaneously stack the first and second subsequent filling particles 62 at both ends of the hole 26.
在這方面,真空裝置84可界定懸掛式真空裝置85。特別的是,懸掛式真空裝置可建構成如上述關於圖5的真空裝置84。然而,懸掛式真空裝置85的密合墊94可延伸越過凸架96與支撐構件108之間的界面。密合墊94可與支撐構件108的外表面間隔開。因此,基板20可放置在密合墊94的外表面之上。因此,界定孔洞26的基板20的對準區域可懸掛在支撐構件108上。因此,可在基板20與支撐構件108之間界定氣隙136。特別的是,基板20及支撐構件108可沿著與孔洞26的伸長方向的相同方向彼此間隔開。 In this regard, the vacuum device 84 may define a suspended vacuum device 85. In particular, the suspended vacuum device may be constructed as the vacuum device 84 described above with respect to FIG. 5. However, the sealing pad 94 of the suspended vacuum device 85 may extend beyond the interface between the protrusion 96 and the support member 108. The sealing pad 94 may be spaced apart from the outer surface of the support member 108. Therefore, the substrate 20 may be placed on the outer surface of the sealing pad 94. Therefore, the alignment area of the substrate 20 defining the hole 26 may be suspended on the support member 108. Therefore, an air gap 136 may be defined between the substrate 20 and the support member 108. In particular, the substrate 20 and the support member 108 may be spaced apart from each other along the same direction as the elongation direction of the hole 26.
間隙136可足以容納可在最終填充步驟46期間生產的粉末顆粒62的過填充,使得面向支撐結構108的過填充不與支撐結構108接觸。如上所述,當液體介質64已排空孔洞時,剩餘的顆粒62可稱作乾燥堆積粉末。此外,因為顆粒62的表面電荷不再為液體介質64所中及,因此顆粒62可彼此凝聚。因此,在凝聚的顆粒堆積成高度堆積粉末之前,不會從孔洞26掉出並進入間隙136。若有需要,可將濾介質100放置在支撐構件108上方,從而保護支撐構件108免受在填充步驟46期間通過孔洞26脫離的分散顆粒62的影響。濾介質100可根據需要延伸橫跨支撐構件108並進入介於密合墊94與支撐構件108之間的界面中。 The gap 136 may be sufficient to accommodate the overfill of powder particles 62 that may be produced during the final filling step 46, such that the overfill facing the support structure 108 does not contact the support structure 108. As described above, when the liquid medium 64 has emptied the holes, the remaining particles 62 may be referred to as dry packing powder. In addition, because the surface charge of the particles 62 is no longer neutralized by the liquid medium 64, the particles 62 may agglomerate with each other. Therefore, the agglomerated particles will not fall out of the holes 26 and enter the gap 136 before they are accumulated into a highly packed powder. If desired, the filter medium 100 may be positioned above the support member 108 to protect the support member 108 from dispersed particles 62 that escape through the holes 26 during the filling step 46. The filter medium 100 may extend across the support member 108 and into the interface between the sealing pad 94 and the support member 108 as desired.
請參照圖11,在操作期間,至少一個密合墊相對於其之間的氣流,密封介於基板20與支撐構件108之間的第一界面102,或密封介於基板20與濾介質之間的第一界面102。至少一個密封墊可進一步相對於其之間的氣流,密封介於支撐構件108與凸架96之間的第二界面。密合墊94可在如上所述的排除區域處支撐基板20的外周邊。此外,部分的密合墊94或其他輔助支撐構件可在支撐構件108及基板20之間延伸,從而支撐基板20的中間區域,該中間區域可能經受來自施加負壓所升高的力。 Referring to FIG. 11 , during operation, at least one sealing pad seals a first interface 102 between substrate 20 and support member 108, or seals a first interface 102 between substrate 20 and filter medium, relative to airflow therebetween. At least one sealing pad may further seal a second interface between support member 108 and boss 96 relative to airflow therebetween. Sealing pad 94 may support the outer periphery of substrate 20 at the exclusion zone as described above. In addition, a portion of sealing pad 94 or other auxiliary support member may extend between support member 108 and substrate 20 to support a middle region of substrate 20 that may be subject to increased force from the application of negative pressure.
施加懸浮液60到基板20的外表面99,直到孔洞26的各自端填充有如上所述的顆粒為止。液體介質64以如上所述的方式從孔洞26中排空。接著翻轉基板,使得先前的內表面97現在界定外表面99,並再次施加懸浮液到外表面99,且各自孔洞填充有顆粒。若後續填充製程為主體填充製程,則可填充第一及相反後續堆積粉末,而不實施介於填充第一後續堆積粉末的步驟與填充相反後續堆積粉末的步驟之間的堆積步驟50。接著若有需要,可以如上所述的方式在步驟50中堆積基板20。堆積步驟50可使第一後續堆積粉末及相反後續堆積粉末兩者堆積成各自高度堆積粉末。或者,可省略後續填充製程的堆積步驟50。又或者,若後續填充製程為最終填充製程,則可填充第一及相反最終堆積粉末 132,而不實施介於填充第一最終堆積粉末的步驟與填充相反最終粉末的步驟之間的堆積步驟50。在最終填充步驟46之後,可以上述方式在步驟50中堆積基板20,其使得第一最終堆積粉末及相反最終堆積粉末兩者堆積成各自高度堆積粉末77(如圖12A所示)。 The suspension 60 is applied to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 until the respective ends of the holes 26 are filled with particles as described above. The liquid medium 64 is drained from the holes 26 in the manner described above. The substrate is then turned over so that the former inner surface 97 now defines the outer surface 99, and the suspension is again applied to the outer surface 99, and the respective holes are filled with particles. If the subsequent filling process is a main filling process, the first and opposite subsequent accumulation powders can be filled without performing the stacking step 50 between the step of filling the first subsequent accumulation powder and the step of filling the opposite subsequent accumulation powder. The substrate 20 can then be stacked in the manner described above in step 50, if necessary. The stacking step 50 can stack the first subsequent stacking powder and the opposite subsequent stacking powder into respective high stacking powders. Alternatively, the stacking step 50 of the subsequent filling process can be omitted. Alternatively, if the subsequent filling process is the final filling process, the first and opposite final stacking powders 132 can be filled without performing the stacking step 50 between the step of filling the first final stacking powder and the step of filling the opposite final powder. After the final filling step 46, the substrate 20 can be stacked in the above-mentioned manner in step 50, which stacks the first final stacking powder and the opposite final stacking powder into respective high stacking powders 77 (as shown in FIG. 12A).
因此,認識到在步驟50中堆積顆粒62之前,可使用懸掛式真空裝置85以第一及第二或相反後續堆積粉末填充孔洞26。若實施堆積步驟50,則可將第一及相反後續堆積粉末兩者同時在步驟50期間堆積成高度堆積粉末。或者,如上所述,可省略堆積步驟50。或者或更甚者,可設想在實施最終堆積步驟50之前,可使用懸掛式真空裝置85以第一及相反最終堆積粉末填充孔洞26。最終堆積步驟50可同時將第一及相反最終堆積粉末兩者堆積成高度堆積粉末。或者,如上所述,可省略最終堆積步驟50。 Thus, it is recognized that the suspended vacuum device 85 may be used to fill the holes 26 with the first and second or opposite subsequent accumulation powders prior to the accumulation of the particles 62 in step 50. If the accumulation step 50 is performed, both the first and opposite subsequent accumulation powders may be accumulated into a highly accumulated powder during step 50 at the same time. Alternatively, as described above, the accumulation step 50 may be omitted. Alternatively or moreover, it is contemplated that the suspended vacuum device 85 may be used to fill the holes 26 with the first and opposite final accumulation powders prior to the final accumulation step 50. The final accumulation step 50 may accumulate both the first and opposite final accumulation powders into a highly accumulated powder at the same time. Alternatively, as described above, the final stacking step 50 may be omitted.
例如,請參照圖12C,可在完成最終填充步驟46之後省略堆積步驟50。當在方法40中省略堆積步驟50時,孔洞26中的顆粒62可從第一表面22延伸到第二表面24。在一些實施例中,在完成一或多個填充步驟46之後,顆粒62可延伸超過第一表面22及第二表面24。此外,在完成一或多個填充步驟之後及當要實施燒結步驟52時(請參照圖3),顆粒62可在孔洞26中無高度堆積粉末77的區域。 For example, referring to FIG. 12C , the stacking step 50 may be omitted after the final filling step 46 is completed. When the stacking step 50 is omitted in the method 40 , the particles 62 in the pores 26 may extend from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24. In some embodiments, after completing one or more filling steps 46 , the particles 62 may extend beyond the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. In addition, after completing one or more filling steps and when the sintering step 52 is to be performed (see FIG. 3 ), the particles 62 may be free of areas of highly stacked powder 77 in the pores 26 .
現在請參照圖19A,儘管在上述實施例中將填充步驟46描述為引發空氣壓力以將懸浮液60驅入孔洞,然而認識到可根據其他一些實施例實施填充步驟46。例如,離心機150可提供驅動或將懸浮液吸入孔洞26的力。在一個實施例中,孔洞26可為上述類型的通孔。因此,促使顆粒62流入孔洞26的力可為離心力。離心機150可包括旋轉輪轂152、至少一個箕斗156(諸如複數個箕斗156),及在輪轂152與箕斗156之間延伸的臂154。 Referring now to FIG. 19A , although the filling step 46 is described in the above embodiment as inducing air pressure to drive the suspension 60 into the hole, it is recognized that the filling step 46 may be implemented according to other embodiments. For example, the centrifuge 150 may provide a force to drive or draw the suspension into the hole 26. In one embodiment, the hole 26 may be a through hole of the type described above. Therefore, the force that causes the particles 62 to flow into the hole 26 may be a centrifugal force. The centrifuge 150 may include a rotating wheel hub 152, at least one bucket 156 (such as a plurality of buckets 156), and an arm 154 extending between the wheel hub 152 and the bucket 156.
如圖19B所示,基板20可放置在箕斗156中,使得基板20由箕斗 156的遠端壁158所支撐。因此,基板20的內表面97面相箕斗156的遠端壁158,且基板20的外表面99背向遠端壁158。內表面97可由第一表面22及第二表面24中的其中一者界定。外表面99可由第一表面22及第二表面24中的另一者界定。內表面97可抵靠在箕斗156內的遠端壁158的對應支撐表面157而放置。箕斗156的支撐表面157可為平坦的且由合適的材料製成,該材料能使基板20後續從內表面157去除而不會拉出設置在孔洞中的顆粒。或者,輔助支撐構件160可放置在介於基板20與內表面157之間的箕斗156中。支撐構件160可界定支撐表面,使得基板20的內表面97抵靠支撐表面而放置。支撐構件160可由任何合適的材料製成,諸如玻璃,其可根據需要塗覆以防止支撐構件160黏附到基板20的顆粒。內表面157或支撐構件160可密封基板20的內表面97,以防止顆粒62在介於基板20的內表面97與支撐表面之間的界面處從孔洞26中排空。在一些實施例中,認識到孔洞可為與通孔相對的盲孔。因此,離心機150可使顆粒通過盲孔的開口端流入盲孔,從而以本文所述的方式相對於通孔填充盲孔。 As shown in FIG. 19B , the substrate 20 may be placed in the bucket 156 such that the substrate 20 is supported by the distal wall 158 of the bucket 156. Thus, the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 faces the distal wall 158 of the bucket 156, and the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 faces away from the distal wall 158. The inner surface 97 may be defined by one of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. The outer surface 99 may be defined by the other of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. The inner surface 97 may be placed against a corresponding support surface 157 of the distal wall 158 within the bucket 156. The support surface 157 of the bucket 156 may be flat and made of a suitable material that enables the substrate 20 to be subsequently removed from the inner surface 157 without pulling out particles disposed in the holes. Alternatively, an auxiliary support member 160 may be placed in the bucket 156 between the substrate 20 and the inner surface 157. The support member 160 may define a support surface such that the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 is placed against the support surface. The support member 160 may be made of any suitable material, such as glass, which may be coated as needed to prevent the support member 160 from adhering to particles of the substrate 20. The inner surface 157 or support member 160 may seal the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 to prevent particles 62 from being emptied from the hole 26 at the interface between the inner surface 97 of the substrate 20 and the support surface. In some embodiments, it is recognized that the hole may be a blind hole as opposed to a through hole. Thus, the centrifuge 150 can cause particles to flow into the blind holes through the open ends of the blind holes, thereby filling the blind holes relative to the through holes in the manner described herein.
如圖19B所示,可接著施加懸浮液60到箕斗156中的基板20的外表面,使得懸浮液覆蓋至少一部分的外表面99。如上所述,可對懸浮液60進行超聲波處理或其他攪動,從而在將懸浮液施加到箕斗156中的基板20前,將顆粒62分散在液體介質中。 As shown in FIG. 19B , the suspension 60 may then be applied to the outer surface of the substrate 20 in the bucket 156 such that the suspension covers at least a portion of the outer surface 99. As described above, the suspension 60 may be sonicated or otherwise agitated to disperse the particles 62 in the liquid medium before the suspension is applied to the substrate 20 in the bucket 156.
箕斗156可以以第一方向定位,使得內表面157可以實質上水平地定位,使得懸浮液60不會滑離基板的外表面或從箕斗中傾倒出來。接著請參照圖19C,箕斗156可樞轉地附接到臂154。因此,當箕斗156圍繞輪轂152旋轉時,箕斗156可從第一定位樞轉到第二定位,由此內表面157可以實質上垂直地定位,或實質上垂直於第一定位。離心機150可根據需要使箕斗156以任何合適速度圍繞輪轂152旋轉。例如,離心機150可以根據需要施加任何合適的G力的速度旋轉,以將顆粒62驅入孔洞26。例如,G力可介於約100G與約15,000G之間。在 一個實施例中,G力可為約6,000G。 The bucket 156 can be positioned in a first orientation so that the inner surface 157 can be positioned substantially horizontally so that the suspension 60 does not slide off the outer surface of the substrate or pour out of the bucket. Referring next to FIG. 19C , the bucket 156 can be pivotally attached to the arm 154. Thus, as the bucket 156 rotates about the hub 152, the bucket 156 can pivot from a first orientation to a second orientation so that the inner surface 157 can be positioned substantially vertically, or substantially perpendicular to the first orientation. The centrifuge 150 can rotate the bucket 156 about the hub 152 at any suitable speed as desired. For example, the centrifuge 150 can rotate at any suitable speed to apply any suitable G-force as desired to drive the particles 62 into the holes 26. For example, the G-force may be between about 100G and about 15,000G. In one embodiment, the G-force may be about 6,000G.
如圖19D所示,認識到顆粒62的比重顯著高於液體介質64的比重。因此,施加到懸浮液60的離心力會使顆粒62將液體介質64從孔洞中置換出來並流入孔洞26。孔洞26中的顆粒62在離心力作用下彼此堆積,從而產生堆積粉末162。然而,因為液體介質64保留在介於堆積粉末162的顆粒的間隙之間,因此堆積粉末162可稱作濕堆積粉末。在完成離心操作之後,一定體積的殘留液體介質64可保留在基板20的外表面99上。如圖19D所示,懸浮液60的固體含量可大於填充孔洞26的固體體積,使得殘留的液體介質64可包括一定量的顆粒62。然而,在填充操作之後,基板20外側的殘留的液體介質64中的顆粒62的濃度小於操作離心機150之前懸浮液60的顆粒濃度。或者,可計算懸浮液60的顆粒含量,以在離心操作期間填充孔洞26,使得實質上無顆粒62保留在殘留的液體介質64中。一旦孔洞26填充有堆積粉末162,則中止離心操作,且殘留的液體介質可從基板20上乾燥或以其他方式從基板20去除。 As shown in FIG. 19D , it is recognized that the specific gravity of the particles 62 is significantly higher than that of the liquid medium 64. Therefore, the centrifugal force applied to the suspension 60 causes the particles 62 to displace the liquid medium 64 from the holes and flow into the holes 26. The particles 62 in the holes 26 are piled up on each other under the centrifugal force, thereby generating a piled powder 162. However, because the liquid medium 64 remains between the gaps between the particles of the piled powder 162, the piled powder 162 can be called a wet piled powder. After the centrifugal operation is completed, a certain volume of the residual liquid medium 64 may remain on the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20. As shown in FIG. 19D , the solid content of the suspension 60 may be greater than the solid volume of the filled holes 26, so that the residual liquid medium 64 may include a certain amount of particles 62. However, after the filling operation, the concentration of particles 62 in the residual liquid medium 64 outside the substrate 20 is less than the particle concentration of the suspension 60 before the centrifuge 150 is operated. Alternatively, the particle content of the suspension 60 may be calculated to fill the holes 26 during the centrifugation operation so that substantially no particles 62 remain in the residual liquid medium 64. Once the holes 26 are filled with the accumulated powder 162, the centrifugation operation is terminated and the residual liquid medium may be dried or otherwise removed from the substrate 20.
接著可去除設置在孔洞26中的液體介質64。例如,可接著將基板20放置在任何合適的溫暖環境中,以使液體介質蒸發。或者或更甚者,可迫使空氣通過孔洞26,以從孔洞26中去除液體介質。應理解到在一個實施例中,當以離心機150實施填充製程時,填充製程46可為無電刷的(brushless)。也就是說,方法40可省略任何刷塗或其他沿著基板20外表面帶來任何結構的步驟,從而在填充步驟46之後,強制從基板20的外表面99去除多餘的導電材料。或者或更甚者,請參照圖9E,在液體介質64從孔洞26中去除之前或之後,可實施刮板步驟,以從基板20的外表面99去除殘留的液體介質64。例如,可驅動任何合適的棒103橫穿基板20的外表面99,以去除含有顆粒62的殘留的液體64。棒103可根據需要由任何不會從孔洞26中拉出導電顆粒的材料製成。例如,鐵氟龍棒可為特別合適的。或者,若殘留的液體介質64無顆粒62,則可以上述方式去除剩餘的液體 介質64而不使用棒103。 The liquid medium 64 disposed in the holes 26 may then be removed. For example, the substrate 20 may then be placed in any suitable warm environment to evaporate the liquid medium. Alternatively or more preferably, air may be forced through the holes 26 to remove the liquid medium from the holes 26. It should be appreciated that in one embodiment, when the filling process is performed with a centrifuge 150, the filling process 46 may be brushless. That is, the method 40 may omit any brushing or other steps that introduce any structure along the outer surface of the substrate 20, thereby forcing the removal of excess conductive material from the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20 after the filling step 46. Alternatively or more preferably, referring to FIG. 9E , a scraper step may be performed to remove residual liquid medium 64 from outer surface 99 of substrate 20 before or after liquid medium 64 is removed from holes 26. For example, any suitable rod 103 may be driven across outer surface 99 of substrate 20 to remove residual liquid 64 containing particles 62. Rod 103 may be made of any material that will not pull conductive particles from holes 26 as desired. For example, a Teflon rod may be particularly suitable. Alternatively, if the residual liquid medium 64 is free of particles 62, the remaining liquid medium 64 may be removed in the manner described above without using rod 103.
在以離心機實施填充步驟46之後,可實施堆積步驟50。在一個實施例中,可在從基板20的外表面99去除殘留的液體介質64及顆粒62之後,實施堆積步驟50。特別的是,基板20可放置在外殼118內,且可以上方參照圖8A到圖8B的方式從外殼118中去除空氣,且可如上方參照圖8C在壓機128中壓製基板20。堆積步驟50可進一步將顆粒62堆積在孔洞26中,從而產生如上所述乾燥高度堆積粉末的主體填充。 After the filling step 46 is performed by a centrifuge, the stacking step 50 may be performed. In one embodiment, the stacking step 50 may be performed after the residual liquid medium 64 and the particles 62 are removed from the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20. In particular, the substrate 20 may be placed in the housing 118, and air may be removed from the housing 118 as described above with reference to Figures 8A to 8B, and the substrate 20 may be pressed in the press 128 as described above with reference to Figure 8C. The stacking step 50 may further stack the particles 62 in the pores 26, thereby producing a bulk fill of the dry highly stacked powder as described above.
或者,可在不從外表面99首先去除殘留的液體介質及顆粒62的情況中,實施堆積步驟50。不希望受理論束縛,咸信若沒有首先去除殘留的液體介質64及顆粒62,則在完成堆積步驟50之後當從封閉體去除基板20時,可藉由黏附到內層122a及內層122b從基板去除大部分或實質上全部殘留的液體介質64及顆粒62。或者,如上所述,在以離心機實施填充步驟46之後,可省略堆積步驟50。 Alternatively, the stacking step 50 may be performed without first removing the residual liquid medium and particles 62 from the outer surface 99. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that if the residual liquid medium 64 and particles 62 are not first removed, then when the substrate 20 is removed from the enclosure after the stacking step 50 is completed, most or substantially all of the residual liquid medium 64 and particles 62 may be removed from the substrate by adhering to the inner layers 122a and 122b. Alternatively, as described above, the stacking step 50 may be omitted after the filling step 46 is performed by a centrifuge.
在一個實施例中,在以離心機完成填充步驟46之後,認識到所得的顆粒62的主體填充可沿著孔洞26的全部長度從孔洞的第一端延伸到孔洞26的第二端。此外,顆粒62可延伸超過基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。例如,在離心力作用下實施填充步驟46之前,可以懸浮液60對內表面97及面向內表面97的支撐構件160的表面中的一或兩者進行預塗覆,從而在內表面97處產生過填充。又或者,在離心力作用下實施填充步驟46之前,可在支撐構件160與內表面97之間設置支架(stand-off)構件。支架構件可界定介於內表面97與支撐構件160之間的間隙。因此,在離心力作用下可將顆粒推到介於內表面97與支撐構件160之間的位置。因此,單一填充步驟46可填充孔洞26,使得導電顆粒62連續延伸穿過孔洞,且可延伸超過基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者。 In one embodiment, after the filling step 46 is performed by a centrifuge, it is recognized that the resulting bulk filling of particles 62 may extend along the entire length of the hole 26 from the first end of the hole to the second end of the hole 26. In addition, the particles 62 may extend beyond one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. For example, before the filling step 46 is performed under the action of a centrifugal force, one or both of the inner surface 97 and the surface of the support member 160 facing the inner surface 97 may be pre-coated with the suspension 60, thereby producing an overfill at the inner surface 97. Alternatively, before the filling step 46 is performed under the action of a centrifugal force, a stand-off member may be disposed between the support member 160 and the inner surface 97. The support member may define a gap between the inner surface 97 and the support member 160. Therefore, the particles may be pushed to a position between the inner surface 97 and the support member 160 under the action of the centrifugal force. Therefore, the single filling step 46 may fill the hole 26 so that the conductive particles 62 extend continuously through the hole and may extend beyond each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20.
或者或更甚者,可翻轉基板20,使得先前的內表面97成為現在的外表面99,且使得先前的外表面99成為現在的內表面97。接著,在離心力作用下的填充步驟46可重複作為在離心力作用下的後續填充步驟。因此,當離心力150於第一填充步驟中將顆粒從第一表面22推入孔洞26的情況時,離心力現在可在後續填充步驟期間在離心力作用下將顆粒從第二表面24推入孔洞26。 Alternatively or more preferably, substrate 20 may be flipped so that previously inner surface 97 is now outer surface 99, and previously outer surface 99 is now inner surface 97. Then, filling step 46 under centrifugal force may be repeated as a subsequent filling step under centrifugal force. Thus, where centrifugal force 150 pushes particles from first surface 22 into hole 26 during the first filling step, the centrifugal force may now push particles from second surface 24 into hole 26 under centrifugal force during the subsequent filling step.
在離心力作用下完成一或多個填充步驟46之後,顆粒62可隨後在孔洞26內壓實,且在硬壓製步驟53期間(下方將更詳述)抵靠第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。 After completing one or more filling steps 46 under the action of centrifugal force, the particles 62 can then be compacted within the hole 26 and abut against one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 during the hard pressing step 53 (described in more detail below).
若實施堆積步驟50,則所得的高度堆積粉末可佔據孔洞26的長度(其小於孔洞全部長度),從而如上所述界定從主體填充到基板26的第一表面22及第二表面24中的每者量測的縱向距離。若距離大於如上所述預定距離,則可根據需要使用真空裝置84、懸掛式真空裝置85及離心機中的一或多個來描述至少一個上述類型的後續主體填充步驟46。應理解到用真空裝置84及離心機150中的一或兩者以第一及相反後續堆積粉末填充孔洞,包括在步驟46中填充第一後續堆積粉末。接著,另一個後續順序55包括在步驟46中填充相反後續堆積粉末。或者,如上所述,可使用懸掛式真空裝置85以依次填充第一及相反粉末。可根據需要在一或多個或多達所有的堆積步驟46之後實施堆積步驟50。或者,可省略堆積步驟50。一旦每個距離等於或小於預定距離,則實施上述類型的最終填充步驟46。 If the accumulation step 50 is performed, the resulting highly accumulated powder may occupy the length of the hole 26 (which is less than the entire length of the hole), thereby defining the longitudinal distance measured from the main fill to each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 26 as described above. If the distance is greater than the predetermined distance as described above, one or more of the vacuum device 84, the suspended vacuum device 85, and the centrifuge may be used as needed to describe at least one of the above-described types of subsequent main fill steps 46. It should be understood that filling the hole with the first and opposite subsequent accumulation powders using one or both of the vacuum device 84 and the centrifuge 150 includes filling the first subsequent accumulation powder in step 46. Next, another subsequent sequence 55 includes filling the opposite subsequent accumulation powder in step 46. Alternatively, as described above, a suspended vacuum device 85 can be used to fill the first and opposite powders in sequence. The accumulation step 50 can be implemented after one or more or up to all accumulation steps 46 as needed. Alternatively, the accumulation step 50 can be omitted. Once each distance is equal to or less than the predetermined distance, a final filling step 46 of the type described above is implemented.
現在請參照圖20A到圖20F,可藉由對顆粒62施加靜電力來實施填充步驟46,靜電力驅動顆粒62流入孔洞26。特別的是,靜電填充裝置200配置以對懸浮液60施加靜電力以驅動懸浮液60流入孔洞26。 Now referring to FIG. 20A to FIG. 20F , the filling step 46 can be performed by applying an electrostatic force to the particles 62, and the electrostatic force drives the particles 62 to flow into the holes 26. In particular, the electrostatic filling device 200 is configured to apply an electrostatic force to the suspension 60 to drive the suspension 60 to flow into the holes 26.
如圖20A所示,可燒蝕基板20的一區域(諸如雷射燒蝕),從而界定弱化區域202,其可在隨後的步驟中去除以界定孔洞。如圖20B所示,可施 加導電層204到基板20的內表面97。例如,層204可為金屬層。在一個實施例中,可濺鍍金屬層到基板20的內表面97之上。接著,如圖20C所示,可施加非反應性遮罩206到導電層204。例如,非反應性遮罩206可為光阻或其他合適的材料。接著,可蝕刻經燒蝕區域以生產孔洞26。在這方面,雖然孔洞顯示為錐形遞窄(conically tapered)的,然而應理解到本文中所有的孔洞26及由此所得的導通孔34可根據需要以任何方式成形。例如,孔洞26可實質上為圓柱形的。或者,孔洞26可為圓錐形的。例如,孔洞可從外表面99到內表面97向內逐漸變細。或者,孔洞可從外表面99到內表面97向外逐漸變細。孔洞26可根據需要界定任何合適的替代形狀。應進一步理解到,如本文中所有的實施例所述的基板20,可根據任何合適的可用方法製造,包括雷射燒蝕及後續蝕刻以形成孔洞26。 As shown in FIG. 20A , a region of substrate 20 may be etched (e.g., laser etched) to define a weakened region 202 that may be removed in a subsequent step to define a hole. As shown in FIG. 20B , a conductive layer 204 may be applied to the inner surface 97 of substrate 20. For example, layer 204 may be a metal layer. In one embodiment, the metal layer may be sputter plated onto the inner surface 97 of substrate 20. Next, as shown in FIG. 20C , a non-reactive mask 206 may be applied to conductive layer 204. For example, non-reactive mask 206 may be a photoresist or other suitable material. Next, the etched region may be etched to produce hole 26. In this regard, while the holes are shown as conically tapered, it should be understood that all holes 26 and resulting vias 34 herein may be shaped in any manner as desired. For example, hole 26 may be substantially cylindrical. Alternatively, hole 26 may be conical. For example, hole 26 may taper inwardly from outer surface 99 to inner surface 97. Alternatively, hole 26 may taper outwardly from outer surface 99 to inner surface 97. Hole 26 may define any suitable alternative shape as desired. It should be further understood that substrate 20 as described in all embodiments herein may be fabricated according to any suitable available method, including laser ablation and subsequent etching to form hole 26.
如圖20D所示,可施加懸浮液60到基板20的外表面99,從而如上所述覆蓋至少一部分的外表面99。層204可具有與顆粒62的電荷相反的電荷。例如,顆粒62的電荷可由上述Zeta電位界定。層204可具有表面電荷。或者,層204可電連接到施加電荷到層204的電極。在一個實施例中,層204可界定負電荷,顆粒62可帶正電荷。相對於懸浮液60外部的帶相反電荷的層204的吸引力,液體介質64可為不會中和顆粒62的電表面電荷的任何合適的液體。或者,顆粒62可設置在漿料中。或者或更甚者,可施加電荷到與層204的電荷相反的顆粒。 As shown in FIG. 20D , the suspension 60 may be applied to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20, thereby covering at least a portion of the outer surface 99 as described above. The layer 204 may have a charge opposite to the charge of the particles 62. For example, the charge of the particles 62 may be defined by the above-described Zeta potential. The layer 204 may have a surface charge. Alternatively, the layer 204 may be electrically connected to an electrode that applies a charge to the layer 204. In one embodiment, the layer 204 may define a negative charge and the particles 62 may have a positive charge. The liquid medium 64 may be any suitable liquid that does not neutralize the electrical surface charge of the particles 62 relative to the attractive force of the oppositely charged layer 204 outside the suspension 60. Alternatively, the particles 62 may be disposed in a slurry. Alternatively or more particularly, a charge may be applied to particles having a charge opposite to that of layer 204.
在操作期間,層204可靜電地吸取顆粒62以流入孔洞26,並可將設置在孔洞中26的液體介質64置換出來。因此,顆粒62可界定上述類型的濕堆積粉末。接著可使孔洞26乾燥。認識到在一個實施例中,與電荷相關聯的力可填充孔洞26的整體長度(如圖20E所示)。電荷可進一步使顆粒62堆積在孔洞26內。在另一個實施例中,可以上述關於堆積步驟50的方式堆積顆粒62。當然地,如上所述,可省略堆積步驟50。應理解到,無論在壓差、離心力或靜電力作用下實施填充步驟,設置在孔洞26中的包括第一顆粒62a及第二顆粒62b中的一或 兩者的顆粒62,可接觸從第一表面22延伸到第二表面22的基板20的內表面,以使在填充步驟之後,至少部分地界定孔洞26。 During operation, layer 204 can electrostatically attract particles 62 to flow into pores 26 and can displace liquid medium 64 disposed in pores 26. Thus, particles 62 can define a wet-deposited powder of the type described above. The pores 26 can then be dried. It is recognized that in one embodiment, the force associated with the charge can fill the entire length of the pores 26 (as shown in Figure 20E). The charge can further cause particles 62 to accumulate within pores 26. In another embodiment, particles 62 can be deposited in the manner described above with respect to depositing step 50. Of course, as described above, depositing step 50 can be omitted. It should be understood that, regardless of whether the filling step is performed under the action of a pressure difference, centrifugal force, or electrostatic force, the particles 62 disposed in the hole 26, including one or both of the first particles 62a and the second particles 62b, may contact the inner surface of the substrate 20 extending from the first surface 22 to the second surface 22, so that after the filling step, the hole 26 is at least partially defined.
若實施堆積步驟50,應理解到,僅有內層122a及內層122b中的其中一者(請參照圖8A到圖8B)進入基板20的外表面99處的孔洞26。內層122a及內層122中的另一者可抵靠層204。或者,可去除層204,且內層122a及內層122b中的另一者可在內表面97處進入孔洞26。一旦完成堆積步驟50,或若省略堆積步驟50,則可單獨或與一或多個後續填充步驟結合來實施最終填充步驟。若實施的話,可以本文所述的方式實施一或多個後續填充步驟及最終填充步驟。應理解到,如以下將更詳敘的,層204可界定用於濺鍍層的重分佈層(RDL)。或者,如圖20F所示,可去除層204。認識到此方法意欲與基板20上常見的大量孔洞一同使用。層204可覆蓋多個或所有孔洞26,從而以本文所述的方式將顆粒62吸入每個孔洞26。 If stacking step 50 is performed, it should be understood that only one of inner layer 122a and inner layer 122b (see FIGS. 8A-8B ) enters hole 26 at outer surface 99 of substrate 20. The other of inner layer 122a and inner layer 122 may abut layer 204. Alternatively, layer 204 may be removed and the other of inner layer 122a and inner layer 122b may enter hole 26 at inner surface 97. Once stacking step 50 is completed, or if stacking step 50 is omitted, a final filling step may be performed alone or in combination with one or more subsequent filling steps. If performed, one or more subsequent filling steps and the final filling step may be performed in the manner described herein. It should be understood that layer 204 may define a redistribution layer (RDL) for sputtering, as will be described in more detail below. Alternatively, layer 204 may be removed, as shown in FIG. 20F. It is recognized that this method is intended for use with a large number of holes commonly found on substrate 20. Layer 204 may cover a plurality or all of holes 26, thereby drawing particles 62 into each hole 26 in the manner described herein.
如圖20G所示,第二電荷205可在外表面99處相鄰,其與顆粒62的電荷相同。因此,第二電荷205可施加沿著外表面99驅動顆粒62的力。如上所述,顆粒62可處於懸浮狀態。或者,顆粒62可為乾燥的。例如,第二電荷可為正電荷,其將懸浮液60排斥遠離第二電荷。可在孔洞26的陣列外部的位置處施加第二電荷,使得第二電荷驅動懸浮液60以上述方式流過外表面99並進入孔洞26。 As shown in FIG. 20G , a second charge 205 may be adjacent to the outer surface 99, which is the same charge as the particle 62. Thus, the second charge 205 may exert a force that drives the particle 62 along the outer surface 99. As described above, the particle 62 may be in suspension. Alternatively, the particle 62 may be dry. For example, the second charge may be a positive charge that repels the suspension 60 away from the second charge. The second charge may be applied at a location outside the array of holes 26 so that the second charge drives the suspension 60 to flow through the outer surface 99 and into the holes 26 in the manner described above.
在另一個實施例中,層204可提供作為犧牲氧化層,且載體層可設置在氧化層上方。可將重分佈層施加到基板20的外表面99,且可接著蝕刻氧化物使得可將重分佈層施加到基板20的內表面99。 In another embodiment, layer 204 may be provided as a sacrificial oxide layer, and the carrier layer may be disposed over the oxide layer. The redistribution layer may be applied to the outer surface 99 of the substrate 20, and the oxide may then be etched so that the redistribution layer may be applied to the inner surface 99 of the substrate 20.
因此,認識到可以來自空氣壓差、離心力、靜電力或上述結合的作用下,將顆粒62推入孔洞。此外,認識到可實施一或多個主體填充操作。在一些實施例中,最終填充步驟可在一或多個主體填充操作之後實施。最終填充 操作期間顆粒的平均尺寸小於主體填充操作期間顆粒的平均尺寸。在一個實施例中,填充步驟可包括在基板20的界定第一表面22的第一側處填充孔洞、翻轉基板及在基板的界定第二表面24的相對的第二側處填充孔洞。或者,認識到填充基板的第一步驟可包括根據本文所述的任何填充步驟將最終填充引入基板的第一側的孔洞,使得最終填充在基板的第二側處積聚。因此,最終填充可從基板的第二表面延伸進入孔洞。或者或更甚者,第一最終填充可以上述方式從孔洞延伸到第二表面之上,從而在硬壓製步驟後界定按鈕。接著,可根據本文所述的任何填充步驟將主體填充引入到基板的第一側處的孔洞,使得主體填充從第一最終填充朝向第一表面延伸。最後,可根據本文所述的任何填充步驟將第二最終填充引入到基板的第一側處的孔洞,使得第二最終填充從主體填充朝向基板的第一表面延伸。或者或更甚者,第一最終填充可以上述方式從孔洞延伸到第二表面之上,從而在硬壓製步驟後界定按鈕。 Thus, it is recognized that particles 62 may be pushed into the holes by air pressure differentials, centrifugal forces, electrostatic forces, or a combination thereof. Additionally, it is recognized that one or more main fill operations may be performed. In some embodiments, a final fill step may be performed after one or more main fill operations. The average size of the particles during the final fill operation is less than the average size of the particles during the main fill operation. In one embodiment, the fill step may include filling the holes at a first side of the substrate 20 defining the first surface 22, flipping the substrate, and filling the holes at an opposite second side of the substrate defining the second surface 24. Alternatively, it is recognized that the first step of filling the substrate may include introducing a final fill into the holes on the first side of the substrate according to any of the fill steps described herein, such that the final fill accumulates at the second side of the substrate. Thus, the final fill may extend from the second surface of the substrate into the hole. Alternatively or more preferably, the first final fill may extend from the hole to the second surface in the manner described above, thereby defining the button after the hard pressing step. Next, the main fill may be introduced into the hole at the first side of the substrate according to any of the filling steps described herein, such that the main fill extends from the first final fill toward the first surface. Finally, the second final fill may be introduced into the hole at the first side of the substrate according to any of the filling steps described herein, such that the second final fill extends from the main fill toward the first surface of the substrate. Alternatively or more preferably, the first final fill may extend from the hole to the second surface in the manner described above, thereby defining the button after the hard pressing step.
請再次參照圖3,一旦完成填充步驟或步驟46以單獨或與一或多個堆積步驟50結合來填充孔洞26,就可在燒結步驟52中燒結顆粒62。理解到可在燒結步驟52之前使顆粒62乾燥。特別的是,現在請參照圖14,可將基板放置在足以燒結顆粒62的溫度及合適的壓力的烘箱164中一段時間。例如,烘箱164中的壓力可為大氣壓力。或者,烘箱164可界定真空。烘箱可根據需要進一步包括任何合適的氣體環境。在一個實施例中,燒結製程實質上為非緻密化燒結製程。認識到燒結期間的緻密化可使相鄰的顆粒62的一部分朝向彼此流動,從而使所得的導電填充35收縮。 Referring again to FIG. 3 , once the filling step or step 46 is completed to fill the holes 26 alone or in combination with one or more stacking steps 50, the particles 62 may be sintered in a sintering step 52. It is understood that the particles 62 may be dried prior to the sintering step 52. In particular, referring now to FIG. 14 , the substrate may be placed in an oven 164 for a period of time at a temperature sufficient to sinter the particles 62 and at a suitable pressure. For example, the pressure in the oven 164 may be atmospheric pressure. Alternatively, the oven 164 may define a vacuum. The oven may further include any suitable gas environment as desired. In one embodiment, the sintering process is substantially a non-densifying sintering process. It is recognized that densification during sintering may cause portions of adjacent particles 62 to flow toward each other, thereby causing the resulting conductive fill 35 to shrink.
現在請參照圖15A到圖15B,認識到顆粒62的變形可在實質上非緻密化燒結步驟52期間發生。然而,與緻密化燒結相比,變形相對最小化。例如,圖15A中示出了實質上非緻密化,複數個相鄰的顆粒62彼此接觸且界定彼此間隔開第一距離D1的各自幾何中心159。如圖15B所示,在實質上非緻密化燒結 步驟後,兩個相鄰顆粒62的幾何中心159界定介於其各自幾何中心之間的第二距離D2。在一個實施例中,第二距離D2與第一距離D1之間的差值不大於第一距離的約30%。例如,差值不大於第一距離的約20%。例如,差值不大於第一距離的約15%。在另一個實施例中,差值不大於第一距離的約10%。例如,在一個特定實施例中,差值不大於第一距離的約5%。在一個特別的實施例中,第一距離D1可實質上與第二距離D2相等。 Referring now to FIGS. 15A-15B , it is recognized that deformation of the particles 62 may occur during the substantially non-densification sintering step 52. However, the deformation is relatively minimized compared to the densification sintering. For example, FIG. 15A shows substantially non-densification, where a plurality of adjacent particles 62 contact each other and define respective geometric centers 159 that are separated from each other by a first distance D1. As shown in FIG. 15B , after the substantially non-densification sintering step, the geometric centers 159 of two adjacent particles 62 define a second distance D2 between their respective geometric centers. In one embodiment, the difference between the second distance D2 and the first distance D1 is no more than about 30% of the first distance. For example, the difference is no more than about 20% of the first distance. For example, the difference is no more than about 15% of the first distance. In another embodiment, the difference is no more than about 10% of the first distance. For example, in a particular embodiment, the difference is no more than about 5% of the first distance. In a particular embodiment, the first distance D1 may be substantially equal to the second distance D2.
認識到燒結包括初始階段,由此形成在相鄰經燒結顆粒之間延伸的頸(neck)145,從而在相鄰經燒結顆粒62之間的各自界面處界定晶粒邊界149。應理解到顆粒62可界定所謂的「主體奈米結構」粉末。每個顆粒62可包括堆積奈米晶粒陣列。在一個實施例中,每個顆粒62可包括至少一千或多達一百萬個奈米晶粒。然而,例如當顆粒的平均尺寸為0.22微米時,預期顆粒62可各自包括少於一千個奈米晶粒。在燒結的初始階段期間,構成顆粒62的奈米晶粒可擴大或生長。當此發生時,顆粒62內部的孔可移動到顆粒62的外表面並被去除。在燒結的第二或中間階段,介於相鄰顆粒62的間隙66可在顆粒62的緻密化期間收縮。然而,可藉由測定上述懸浮液60的原始合成顆粒62中的平均晶粒尺寸來調節顆粒62的緻密化。顆粒62的緻密化可進一步藉由測定顆粒62的雙峰分佈來調節。例如,如上方參照圖7A到圖7C所述,顆粒62可例如界定單峰分佈、雙峰分佈及三峰分佈。理解到顆粒62的模態分佈不影響每個顆粒62中的奈米晶粒的晶粒生長行為。恰恰相反,多模態分布可影響在燒結期間顆粒與顆粒相互作用的緻密化行為,例如頸縮(necking)。 It is recognized that sintering includes an initial stage, whereby a neck 145 extending between adjacent sintered grains is formed, thereby defining grain boundaries 149 at respective interfaces between adjacent sintered grains 62. It should be understood that the grains 62 can define a so-called "bulk nanostructure" powder. Each grain 62 can include an array of stacked nanograins. In one embodiment, each grain 62 can include at least one thousand or as many as one million nanograins. However, for example, when the average size of the grains is 0.22 microns, it is expected that the grains 62 can each include less than one thousand nanograins. During the initial stage of sintering, the nanograins that make up the grains 62 can expand or grow. When this occurs, the pores inside the particles 62 can move to the outer surface of the particles 62 and be removed. In the second or intermediate stage of sintering, the gaps 66 between adjacent particles 62 can shrink during the densification of the particles 62. However, the densification of the particles 62 can be adjusted by determining the average grain size in the original synthesized particles 62 of the suspension 60 described above. The densification of the particles 62 can be further adjusted by determining the bimodal distribution of the particles 62. For example, as described above with reference to Figures 7A to 7C, the particles 62 can, for example, define a unimodal distribution, a bimodal distribution, and a trimodal distribution. It is understood that the modal distribution of particles 62 does not affect the grain growth behavior of the nanocrystals within each particle 62. Quite the contrary, the multimodal distribution may affect the densification behavior of particle-particle interactions during sintering, such as necking.
已發現到在緻密化的第一階段期間,較小尺寸的奈米晶粒生產較大的奈米晶粒生長。已發現到在緻密化的第一階段中較大的奈米晶粒生長,導致了在緻密化的第二或中間階段期間顆粒62的緻密化較小。此外,在燒結之前孔洞26中的導電顆粒62的較大初始密度,也可在緻密化的第二或中間階段期間 生產較小緻密化的顆粒62。認識到三峰分佈的初始密度大於雙峰分佈的初始密度。此外,雙峰分佈的初始密度大於單峰分佈的初始密度。因此,顆粒的三峰分佈的初始密度大於單峰分佈的初始密度。 It has been found that during the first stage of densification, smaller sized nanocrystals produce larger nanocrystal growth. It has been found that larger nanocrystal growth in the first stage of densification results in smaller densification of particles 62 during the second or intermediate stage of densification. In addition, a larger initial density of conductive particles 62 in the voids 26 prior to sintering may also produce smaller densified particles 62 during the second or intermediate stage of densification. It is recognized that the initial density of the trimodal distribution is greater than the initial density of the bimodal distribution. In addition, the initial density of the bimodal distribution is greater than the initial density of the unimodal distribution. Therefore, the initial density of the trimodal distribution of particles is greater than that of the unimodal distribution.
因此,為了減少燒結的第二階段或中間階段期間的緻密化,可能希望減小形成顆粒62的奈米晶粒的尺寸。此外,為了減少燒結的第二階段或中間階段期間的緻密化,可能希望提供雙峰分佈或三峰分佈的顆粒。然而,認識到顆粒可在單峰分佈中實質上非緻密化地燒結。 Therefore, to reduce densification during the second or intermediate stages of sintering, it may be desirable to reduce the size of the nanocrystallites forming the particles 62. Additionally, to reduce densification during the second or intermediate stages of sintering, it may be desirable to provide particles with a bimodal or trimodal distribution. However, it is recognized that particles may be sintered substantially non-densified in a unimodal distribution.
不希望受理論束縛,咸信單獨減小奈米晶粒尺寸或與提供雙峰顆粒或三峰顆粒分佈相結合,可降低燒結中間階段與燒結最終階段之間可實現的總緻密化的轉變點。除非另有說明,否則可減少顆粒62在燒結中間階段期間緻密化的能力,使得所得的經燒結顆粒62實質上為非緻密化的。在燒結的最終階段期間,除了在初始燒結階段實現的生長以外,奈米晶粒可進一步生長,其可為顆粒62內的孔的閉合的前軀體。在完成燒結後,最終結果為在導通孔內的相連金屬網絡填充,其可從第一表面22延伸到第二表面24,而不改變金屬化導通孔及周圍基板20的共面性(請參照圖2A)。此外,相連金屬網絡填充可在導通孔的一或多個或多達全部位置處、在第一表面處及第二表面24處與基板20接觸。相連金屬網絡填充可從導通孔延伸出到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者之上。 Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that reducing the size of the nanocrystals alone or in combination with providing a bimodal particle or trimodal particle distribution can reduce the transition point of the total densification that can be achieved between the intermediate stage of sintering and the final stage of sintering. Unless otherwise stated, the ability of the particles 62 to densify during the intermediate stage of sintering can be reduced, so that the resulting sintered particles 62 are substantially non-densified. During the final stage of sintering, in addition to the growth achieved during the initial sintering stage, the nanocrystals can further grow, which can be a precursor to the closure of the pores within the particles 62. After sintering is complete, the end result is a connected metal network fill within the via that can extend from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24 without changing the coplanarity of the metallized via and the surrounding substrate 20 (see FIG. 2A ). In addition, the connected metal network fill can contact the substrate 20 at one or more or up to all locations of the via, at the first surface and at the second surface 24. The connected metal network fill can extend from the via to one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20.
因此,應理解到在步驟52期間調節顆粒62的緻密化的方法可包括以具有顆粒的主體奈米結構導電粉末填充孔洞的步驟46,每個顆粒包括奈米顆粒的堆積陣列。方法可進一步包括在孔洞中且在一溫度範圍內燒結顆粒一段時間的步驟52。方法可進一步包括在填充步驟之前測定平均晶粒尺寸及模態分佈中的至少一者的步驟,進而測定燒結步驟期間的緻密化量。如上所述,填充步驟可包括以在液體介質中的顆粒的懸浮液填充孔洞,且在燒結步驟52之前從孔 洞中排空液體介質。 Thus, it should be understood that the method of regulating the densification of particles 62 during step 52 may include the step 46 of filling the pores with a bulk nanostructured conductive powder having particles, each particle comprising a stacked array of nanoparticles. The method may further include the step 52 of sintering the particles in the pores for a period of time and within a temperature range. The method may further include the step of determining at least one of the average grain size and the modal distribution prior to the filling step to determine the amount of densification during the sintering step. As described above, the filling step may include filling the pores with a suspension of particles in a liquid medium and draining the liquid medium from the pores prior to the sintering step 52.
如上所述,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的大部分可為如上所述實質上為非緻密化燒結的。在一個實施例中,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的至少約60%實質上為非緻密化燒結的。在另一個實施例中,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的至少約70%實質上為非緻密化燒結的。在又一個實施例中,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的至少約80%實質上為非緻密化燒結的。在再另一個實施例中,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的至少約90%實質上為非緻密化燒結的。例如,在一個特別的實施例中,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的至少約95%實質上為非緻密化燒結的。更特別的,在一個實施例中,孔洞26中的顆粒的總體積的約100%實質上為非緻密化燒結的。應理解到由孔洞26中的非緻密化經燒結顆粒62界定的填充的至少一部分可接觸從第一表面22延伸到第二表面24的基板20的內表面,且至少部分地界定孔洞。 As described above, most of the total volume of the particles in the pores 26 may be substantially non-densified and sintered as described above. In one embodiment, at least about 60% of the total volume of the particles in the pores 26 are substantially non-densified and sintered. In another embodiment, at least about 70% of the total volume of the particles in the pores 26 are substantially non-densified and sintered. In yet another embodiment, at least about 80% of the total volume of the particles in the pores 26 are substantially non-densified and sintered. In yet another embodiment, at least about 90% of the total volume of the particles in the pores 26 are substantially non-densified and sintered. For example, in one particular embodiment, at least about 95% of the total volume of particles in the pores 26 is substantially non-densified and sintered. More particularly, in one embodiment, about 100% of the total volume of particles in the pores 26 is substantially non-densified and sintered. It should be understood that at least a portion of the fill defined by the non-densified and sintered particles 62 in the pores 26 may contact the inner surface of the substrate 20 extending from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24 and at least partially define the pores.
燒結步驟52可發生在溫度在約100℃到約400℃的範圍的燒結溫度。在一個實施例中,溫度可在約200℃到約400℃的範圍。例如,溫度可在約300℃到約350℃的範圍。例如,燒結溫度可為約325℃。 The sintering step 52 may occur at a sintering temperature in the range of about 100°C to about 400°C. In one embodiment, the temperature may be in the range of about 200°C to about 400°C. For example, the temperature may be in the range of about 300°C to about 350°C. For example, the sintering temperature may be about 325°C.
燒結步驟52可根據需要在上述任何溫度範圍內以任何合適的持續時間發生以燒結顆粒62而不會如上所述實質上使顆粒62緻密化。例如,持續時間可在約15分鐘到約4小時的持續時間範圍。在一個實施例中,持續時間可在約30分鐘到約2小時的範圍。例如,持續時間可為約1小時。 The sintering step 52 may occur for any suitable duration within any of the above temperature ranges as desired to sinter the particles 62 without substantially densifying the particles 62 as described above. For example, the duration may be in the range of about 15 minutes to about 4 hours. In one embodiment, the duration may be in the range of about 30 minutes to about 2 hours. For example, the duration may be about 1 hour.
有利地,如上所述,顆粒62可為可延(ductile)及可展的(malleable)。因此,顆粒62可具有相對於基板20的不匹配的熱膨脹係數(CTE),而不會在燒結期間損壞基板20。特別的是,例如,銀顆粒62的可展性允許非緻密化燒結,同時保持基板的結構完整性。因此,理解到不添加任何材料到懸浮液60a及懸浮液60b的任何一者,其意欲使所得的顆粒62的熱膨脹係數更接近於 基板20的熱膨脹係數。因此,經燒結顆粒62無殘留的材料,該殘留的材料為燒燃的CTE匹配劑的產物。例如,第一及第二懸浮液60中的每一者可無玻璃熔塊,或為無熔塊的。此外,在顆粒62的導電材料是金屬的實例中,所得到的導通孔34可界定從基板20的第一表面22到第二表面24的單一均質金屬。例如,第一顆粒62及第二顆粒62b可為相同的金屬。在一個實例中,相同的金屬可為銀。在另一個實例中,相同的金屬可為銅。 Advantageously, as described above, the particles 62 can be ductile and malleable. Thus, the particles 62 can have a mismatched coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) relative to the substrate 20 without damaging the substrate 20 during sintering. In particular, for example, the malleability of the silver particles 62 allows for non-densified sintering while maintaining the structural integrity of the substrate. Thus, it is understood that no material is added to either of the suspensions 60a and 60b that is intended to bring the resulting CTE of the particles 62 closer to that of the substrate 20. Thus, the sintered particles 62 are free of residual material that is a product of the burned CTE matching agent. For example, each of the first and second suspensions 60 may be free of glass frits, or may be frit-free. Furthermore, in instances where the conductive material of the particles 62 is metal, the resulting vias 34 may define a single homogeneous metal from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. For example, the first particles 62 and the second particles 62b may be the same metal. In one example, the same metal may be silver. In another example, the same metal may be copper.
或者或更甚者,燒結步驟52可包括對顆粒62施加射頻(RF)電流的步驟,其足以產生使顆粒62實質上非緻密化燒結的渦電流。 Alternatively or more preferably, the sintering step 52 may include the step of applying a radio frequency (RF) current to the particles 62 sufficient to generate an eddy current that causes the particles 62 to sinter without being substantially densified.
認識到除了在如上述的密封步驟期間引入孔洞中的任何金屬之外(若適用),所得到的導通孔34實質上僅含有如上所述的導電材料及空氣。此外,如現在將描述的,所得到的導通孔34可為氣密的。 It is recognized that the resulting via 34 contains substantially only conductive material as described above and air, except for any metal introduced into the hole during the sealing step as described above (if applicable). Moreover, as will now be described, the resulting via 34 can be airtight.
特別的是,請再次參照圖3,一旦在步驟52中燒結基板20,就可對顆粒62進行硬壓製步驟。請參照圖21A到圖21B,硬壓製步驟53可在硬壓機140中實施。特別的是,硬壓機140可包括第一及第二壓製表面142,其可同時與基板20接觸,且朝向基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24壓製。特別的是,第一及第二壓製表面142可以單軸朝向彼此且朝向各自第一表面22及第二表面24移動。因此,壓製步驟可稱作單軸壓製步驟。壓製表面142可與從第一表面22及第二表面24延伸出的顆粒62接觸,其也稱作過填充顆粒62。當壓製表面142繼續朝向彼此並因此朝向基板20時,壓製表面142分別將過填充顆粒62壓靠在第一表面22及第二表面24上。因此,顆粒62可界定I型樑型結構,其具有在孔洞26內部中延伸到第一表面22及第二表面24的桿(stem)144,以及分別壓靠在第一表面22及第二表面24上的外凸塊146。外凸塊146可為平坦的外凸塊146,其與基板20各自第一表面22及第二表面24平行。此外,凸塊146可相對於孔洞26且因此相對於導通孔34沿著相對於孔洞26且因此相對於導通孔34垂直的方向延伸。 In particular, referring again to FIG. 3 , once the substrate 20 is sintered in step 52, the particles 62 may be subjected to a hard pressing step. Referring to FIGS. 21A to 21B , the hard pressing step 53 may be performed in a hard pressing machine 140. In particular, the hard pressing machine 140 may include first and second pressing surfaces 142 that may contact the substrate 20 at the same time and press toward the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20. In particular, the first and second pressing surfaces 142 may be uniaxially movable toward each other and toward the respective first surface 22 and second surface 24. Therefore, the pressing step may be referred to as a uniaxial pressing step. The pressing surface 142 may contact the particles 62 extending from the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, which are also referred to as overfilled particles 62. As the pressing surfaces 142 continue toward each other and thus toward the substrate 20, the pressing surfaces 142 press the overfilled particles 62 against the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, respectively. Thus, the particles 62 may define an I-beam structure having a stem 144 extending to the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 within the hole 26, and an outer protrusion 146 pressing against the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, respectively. The outer protrusion 146 may be a flat outer protrusion 146 that is parallel to the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, respectively, of the substrate 20. In addition, the bump 146 may extend relative to the hole 26 and thus relative to the via 34 in a direction perpendicular to the hole 26 and thus relative to the via 34.
認識到可在不向基板添加任何額外層的情況下形成凸塊146,其人為地將孔洞26並因此將導通孔34延伸超出第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。例如,可在不添加犧牲層(諸如乾膜光阻)到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者之上的情況下形成凸塊146,從而人為地將孔洞26並因此將導通孔34延伸超出第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者。在這方面,可在不首先添加乾膜光阻到表面22及表面24之上的情況下,實施填充步驟46。因此,在一個實施例中,孔洞26或導通孔34的任何部分皆非由從第一表面22及第二表面24中的任一者延伸出的光阻層界定。此外,孔洞26並因此導通孔34可填充有顆粒62,而不在第一表面22及第二表面24之上沉積導電層(例如金或鈦),從而人為地將孔洞26延伸超出第一表面22及第二表面24。因此,在一個實施例中,孔洞的任何部分皆非由從第一表面22及第二表面24中的任一者延伸出的鈦層或金層界定。 It is recognized that the bump 146, which artificially extends the hole 26 and, therefore, the via 34, beyond one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, can be formed without adding any additional layers to the substrate. For example, the bump 146 can be formed without adding a sacrificial layer, such as a dry film photoresist, onto one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate 20, thereby artificially extending the hole 26 and, therefore, the via 34, beyond one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. In this regard, the filling step 46 can be performed without first adding a dry film photoresist onto the surface 22 and the surface 24. Thus, in one embodiment, no portion of the hole 26 or the via 34 is defined by a photoresist layer extending from either the first surface 22 or the second surface 24. Furthermore, the hole 26 and thus the via 34 may be filled with particles 62 without depositing a conductive layer (e.g., gold or titanium) over the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, thereby artificially extending the hole 26 beyond the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. Thus, in one embodiment, no portion of the hole is defined by a titanium layer or a gold layer extending from either the first surface 22 or the second surface 24.
分別抵靠第一表面22及第二表面24壓縮平坦外凸塊146,可在基板的表面22及表面24兩者處密封導通孔34的端部。此外,應理解到至少一些非緻密化經燒結顆粒62可在第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者處與基板接觸。因此,導通孔34可為氣密的。因此,經燒結顆粒62的導電材料並因此導通孔34的導電材料,可在第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者處為無孔的。此外,平坦的外端與基板20之間的干涉可抵抗或防止操作期間導電填充35的遷移。壓製表面142也可對孔洞26內部的至少一些顆粒62施加壓縮力。因此,至少一些顆粒62可界定高度堆積粉末,從而使粉末緻密化。因此,方法40也可包括對孔洞26中的導電材料非燒結緻密化的步驟。雖然本文所述的導通孔提供了改善的電氣性能,且不希望受理論束縛,但咸信進一步緻密化導電材料可進一步改善所得導通孔的電氣性能的某些方面。 Compressing the flat outer protrusion 146 against the first surface 22 and the second surface 24, respectively, can seal the end of the via 34 at both the surface 22 and the surface 24 of the substrate. In addition, it should be understood that at least some of the non-densified sintered particles 62 can contact the substrate at one or both of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. Therefore, the via 34 can be airtight. Therefore, the conductive material of the sintered particles 62, and therefore the conductive material of the via 34, can be non-porous at each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. In addition, the interference between the flat outer end and the substrate 20 can resist or prevent the migration of the conductive fill 35 during operation. The pressing surface 142 can also apply a compressive force to at least some of the particles 62 inside the hole 26. Thus, at least some of the particles 62 may define a highly packed powder, thereby densifying the powder. Thus, the method 40 may also include a step of non-sintering densification of the conductive material in the hole 26. While the vias described herein provide improved electrical performance, and without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that further densification of the conductive material may further improve certain aspects of the electrical performance of the resulting vias.
第一及第二硬平面壓製表面142中的每一者可由各自第一及第二 壓製構件148界定。壓製構件148可由玻璃或任何具有合適硬度的合適替代物界定,以壓縮顆粒62而不發生變形。此外,在壓製表面接觸顆粒62之前,且在完成硬壓製步驟之後,壓製表面142可為平坦的,這是因為其將顆粒62壓靠在基板20上。特別的是,平面壓製表面142可分別與基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24平行。壓製構件148可設置在上方參照圖8A到圖8B所述類型的外殼內。外殼可由mylar或任何合適的替代材料製成。基板20可放置在介於相對的壓製構件148之間的外殼內,使得第一表面22面向第一個壓製構件,且第二表面24面向另一個壓製構件148。可將壓製構件148朝向彼此拉動,從而以上述方式壓製顆粒62。可在外殼內在真空作用下實施硬壓製步驟,或可在正常大氣壓作用下實施。此外,硬壓製步驟可為在室溫中的冷硬壓製步驟,或在高於室溫(諸如約120℃到約250℃)的溫度中的溫硬壓製步驟。此外,硬壓製步驟可在真空作用下實施。或者,硬壓製步驟可在大氣壓力中實施。 Each of the first and second hard planar pressing surfaces 142 may be defined by respective first and second pressing members 148. The pressing members 148 may be defined by glass or any suitable substitute having suitable hardness to compress the particles 62 without deformation. In addition, the pressing surfaces 142 may be flat before the pressing surfaces contact the particles 62 and after the hard pressing step is completed, because they press the particles 62 against the substrate 20. In particular, the planar pressing surfaces 142 may be parallel to the first and second surfaces 22, 24 of the substrate 20, respectively. The pressing members 148 may be disposed within a housing of the type described above with reference to FIGS. 8A-8B. The housing may be made of mylar or any suitable substitute material. The substrate 20 can be placed in the housing between the opposing pressed members 148 so that the first surface 22 faces the first pressed member and the second surface 24 faces the other pressed member 148. The pressed members 148 can be pulled toward each other to press the particles 62 in the manner described above. The hard pressing step can be performed under vacuum in the housing, or can be performed under normal atmospheric pressure. In addition, the hard pressing step can be a cold hard pressing step at room temperature, or a warm hard pressing step at a temperature above room temperature (such as about 120°C to about 250°C). In addition, the hard pressing step can be performed under vacuum. Alternatively, the hard pressing step can be performed in atmospheric pressure.
認識到硬壓製步驟可在如上所述的燒結步驟52之後實施。或者,可考慮硬壓製步驟可替代地在燒結步驟52之前實施。此外,硬壓製步驟可單獨地或與一或多個堆積步驟50結合實施。或者,硬壓製步驟可在方法40中實施,從而不實施堆積步驟50。或者,方法40可包括一或多個堆積步驟50,從而不實施硬壓製步驟。當方法包括硬壓製步驟但不包括堆積步驟50時,填充35的一部分可包括與填充步驟46期間填充的顆粒62相同密度的顆粒62。 It is recognized that the hard pressing step may be performed after the sintering step 52 as described above. Alternatively, it is contemplated that the hard pressing step may alternatively be performed before the sintering step 52. Furthermore, the hard pressing step may be performed alone or in conjunction with one or more stacking steps 50. Alternatively, the hard pressing step may be performed in method 40 without performing the stacking step 50. Alternatively, method 40 may include one or more stacking steps 50 without performing the hard pressing step. When the method includes a hard pressing step but does not include a stacking step 50, a portion of the fill 35 may include particles 62 of the same density as particles 62 filled during the fill step 46.
在一些實施例中,方法40可包括密封導通孔的步驟54。在一個實施例中,密封步驟可由對顆粒62進行表面加工來實施。 In some embodiments, method 40 may include a step 54 of sealing the via. In one embodiment, the sealing step may be performed by surface processing the particles 62.
特別的是,如圖16A到圖16B所示,在第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者處的經燒結顆粒62的面向的外表面,可以棒166來壓製。棒166的硬度可大於導電材料的硬度,且小於基板的硬度。例如,其硬度可大於銀或銅,且小於玻璃。因此,棒166可使在第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者處的經燒 結顆粒62改變其形狀,但不損害基板的完整性。特別的是,棒166可改變在第一表面及第二表面中的每一者處的經燒結顆粒的過填充部分的形狀,從而在介於導電材料與基板20之間的一或多個界面處密封導通孔的開口。例如,界面可分別設置在基板的第一表面22及第二表面24處。在一個實例中,棒166可由鎳製成。認識到在第一表面22及第二表面24處的經燒結顆粒62可由上述的最終填充界定。因此,可說最終填充界定導通孔34的端蓋161。此外,端蓋可氣密地密封導通孔。 In particular, as shown in FIGS. 16A to 16B , the facing outer surface of the sintered particles 62 at each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 may be pressed by a rod 166. The hardness of the rod 166 may be greater than the hardness of the conductive material and less than the hardness of the substrate. For example, its hardness may be greater than silver or copper and less than glass. Therefore, the rod 166 may cause the sintered particles 62 at each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 to change its shape without damaging the integrity of the substrate. In particular, the rod 166 may change the shape of the overfilled portion of the sintered particles at each of the first surface and the second surface, thereby sealing the opening of the via at one or more interfaces between the conductive material and the substrate 20. For example, the interfaces may be disposed at the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate, respectively. In one example, the rod 166 can be made of nickel. It is recognized that the sintered particles 62 at the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 can be defined by the final fill described above. Therefore, it can be said that the final fill defines the end cap 161 of the via 34. In addition, the end cap can hermetically seal the via.
可將棒166壓製到最終填充中並在最終填充中移動,從而在施加鍍覆及/或重分佈層之前沿著玻璃的外表面塗抹顆粒。塗抹步驟可導致最終填充中的間隙堵塞,並在外表面處變得無孔。銀或銅最終填充的可延性特別適合於此目的。此外,可在基板的第一表面22及第二表面24的每一者處將最終填充壓製在帶有孔洞26開口的界面上。在一個實施例中,密封步驟可在真空中實施,使得在對導電材料進行表面加工期間,基板20及棒166兩者可設置在真空環境中。應理解到對導電材料進行表面加工的步驟可進一步使導電材料變平。或者或更甚者,密封步驟可包括將導電材料的真空沉積施加到導通孔的端部處的導電材料中的步驟,從而達成下列其中一或兩者:1)堵塞複數個間隙,及2)填充介於導電材料與基板20之間的界面處的開口。或者或更甚者,密封步驟可包括對導電材料進行真空熔融,從而達成下列其中一或兩者:1)堵塞複數個間隙,及2)填充介於導電材料與基板20之間的界面處的開口。 The rod 166 may be pressed into the final fill and moved in the final fill, thereby smearing the particles along the outer surface of the glass before the coating and/or redistribution layer is applied. The smearing step may cause the gaps in the final fill to be blocked and become non-porous at the outer surface. The ductility of the silver or copper final fill is particularly suitable for this purpose. In addition, the final fill may be pressed at the interface with the opening of the hole 26 at each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 of the substrate. In one embodiment, the sealing step may be performed in a vacuum so that both the substrate 20 and the rod 166 can be placed in a vacuum environment during the surface processing of the conductive material. It should be understood that the step of surface processing the conductive material can further flatten the conductive material. Alternatively or more preferably, the sealing step may include the step of applying vacuum deposition of a conductive material to the conductive material at the end of the via hole, thereby achieving one or both of the following: 1) plugging a plurality of gaps, and 2) filling the opening at the interface between the conductive material and the substrate 20. Alternatively or more preferably, the sealing step may include vacuum melting the conductive material, thereby achieving one or both of the following: 1) plugging a plurality of gaps, and 2) filling the opening at the interface between the conductive material and the substrate 20.
結果為可具有小於約10-7的氣密性的氣密導通孔。例如,氣密性可小於約10-8。例如,氣密性可小於約10-9。例如,氣密性可小於約10-10。例如,氣密性可小於約10-11。或者,可省略塗抹步驟,且可施加鍍層及/或可施加重分佈層,而不會沿著玻璃的外表面塗抹顆粒。 The result is a hermetic via that can have a hermeticity of less than about 10-7 . For example, the hermeticity can be less than about 10-8 . For example, the hermeticity can be less than about 10-9 . For example, the hermeticity can be less than about 10-10 . For example, the hermeticity can be less than about 10-11 . Alternatively, the coating step can be omitted and the coating can be applied and/or the redistribution layer can be applied without smearing particles along the outer surface of the glass.
然而,認識到硬壓製步驟53及後續步驟可取代密封步驟54。因 此,方法40可包括硬壓製步驟53及省略密封步驟54。或者,方法40可包括密封步驟54及省略硬壓製步驟53。又或者,可設想方法可包括密封步驟54及硬壓製步驟53兩者。硬壓製步驟53可在密封步驟54之前實施。或者,硬壓製步驟53可在密封步驟54後實施。如圖16A到圖16B所示,理解到密封步驟54可在基板的第一及第二側處密封導通孔34的端部,該第一及第二側分別界定第一表面22及第二表面24。因此,導通孔34可為氣密的。因此,經燒結顆粒62的導電材料並因此導通孔34的導電材料,可在第一表面22及第二表面24中的每一者處為無孔的。特別的是,棒可沿著玻璃的外表面來塗抹顆粒。 However, it is recognized that hard pressing step 53 and subsequent steps may replace sealing step 54. Therefore, method 40 may include hard pressing step 53 and omit sealing step 54. Alternatively, method 40 may include sealing step 54 and omit hard pressing step 53. Still alternatively, it is contemplated that the method may include both sealing step 54 and hard pressing step 53. Hard pressing step 53 may be performed before sealing step 54. Alternatively, hard pressing step 53 may be performed after sealing step 54. As shown in FIGS. 16A-16B , it is understood that sealing step 54 may seal the ends of via 34 at first and second sides of the substrate, the first and second sides defining first surface 22 and second surface 24, respectively. Thus, via 34 may be airtight. Thus, the conductive material of the sintered particles 62, and therefore the conductive material of the vias 34, can be non-porous at each of the first surface 22 and the second surface 24. In particular, the rod can apply the particles along the outer surface of the glass.
或者,如上所述,可在方法40中省略密封步驟54。或者,在燒結步驟52後,可施加導電保形塗料到導通孔的端部。在這方面,可在硬壓製步驟53之後施加保形塗料。或者,可在實施硬壓製步驟53之前施加保形塗料。又或者,當方法40不包括硬壓製步驟53時,可施加保形塗料。例如,可施加保形塗料到與基板20的表面22及24實質上平面的填充。可根據需要使用任何沉積技術施加保形塗料到導通孔的端部。在一個實施例中,若實施最終填充步驟,則可施加保形塗料到導通孔的端部處的最終填充的顆粒62。或者,可施加保形塗料到導通孔的端部處的主體填充的顆粒62。在一個實施例中,可將保形塗料電鍍到顆粒62。或者,可藉由諸如蒸發、PVD或化學氣相沉積(CVD)(如原子層沉積(ALD))等的技術變化沉積保形塗料。又或者,可在化學電鍍步驟中施加保形塗料。認識到保形塗料可佔據,且在一些情況下,可填充介於如上述相鄰顆粒之間界定的間隙。 Alternatively, as described above, the sealing step 54 may be omitted in the method 40. Alternatively, after the sintering step 52, a conductive conformal coating may be applied to the ends of the vias. In this regard, the conformal coating may be applied after the hard pressing step 53. Alternatively, the conformal coating may be applied before the hard pressing step 53 is performed. Alternatively, when the method 40 does not include the hard pressing step 53, the conformal coating may be applied. For example, the conformal coating may be applied to a fill that is substantially planar with the surfaces 22 and 24 of the substrate 20. The conformal coating may be applied to the ends of the vias using any deposition technique as desired. In one embodiment, if a final fill step is performed, the conformal coating may be applied to the final fill particles 62 at the ends of the vias. Alternatively, a conformal coating may be applied to the bulk filled particles 62 at the ends of the vias. In one embodiment, the conformal coating may be electroplated to the particles 62. Alternatively, the conformal coating may be deposited by variations of techniques such as evaporation, PVD, or chemical vapor deposition (CVD) such as atomic layer deposition (ALD). Still alternatively, the conformal coating may be applied during a chemical plating step. It is recognized that the conformal coating may occupy, and in some cases, fill, the gaps defined between adjacent particles as described above.
接著,導通孔的端部可進一步密封到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24。例如,可將與基板的第一表面22及第二表面24實質上平面及/或齊平的導通孔的端部密封。或者,平坦的外端或凸塊146(請參照圖21B)可進一步密封到基板20的表面22及24。在一個實施例中,密封步驟可在真空作用下進行, 以防止氣體汙染物進入導通孔。例如,密封步驟可防止氣體汙染物進入介於相鄰顆粒之間的間隙。或者或更甚者,密封步驟可防止氣體汙染物進入導電材料的孔。 The ends of the vias may then be further sealed to the first and second surfaces 22 and 24 of the substrate 20. For example, the ends of the vias that are substantially planar and/or flush with the first and second surfaces 22 and 24 of the substrate may be sealed. Alternatively, the flat outer ends or bumps 146 (see FIG. 21B ) may be further sealed to the surfaces 22 and 24 of the substrate 20. In one embodiment, the sealing step may be performed under vacuum to prevent gaseous contaminants from entering the vias. For example, the sealing step may prevent gaseous contaminants from entering the gaps between adjacent particles. Alternatively or more preferably, the sealing step may prevent gaseous contaminants from entering the holes of the conductive material.
最終,可根據需要施加重分佈層(RDL)到基板20。例如,現在請參照圖17到圖18B,可施加重分佈層37到基板20的第一表面22及第二表面24中的一或兩者,從而與導通孔34並因此與導通孔中的導電材料電連通。例如,可施加濺鍍層,且以常規方式施加導電金屬鍍層到濺鍍層上方。如圖18A所示,溝槽170可替代地形成在第一表面22及第二表面24中的至少一個上。應理解到溝槽170可對孔洞26及導通孔開口。因此,用以使顆粒進入孔洞的方法,諸如真空、離心力及靜電力,也可用於使顆粒進入溝槽。可如上所述地將顆粒乾燥、堆積及燒結,以界定重分佈層37。 Finally, a redistribution layer (RDL) may be applied to the substrate 20 as desired. For example, referring now to FIGS. 17-18B , a redistribution layer 37 may be applied to one or both of the first and second surfaces 22, 24 of the substrate 20 to electrically communicate with the vias 34 and thus with the conductive material in the vias. For example, a sputtering layer may be applied, and a conductive metal coating applied over the sputtering layer in a conventional manner. As shown in FIG. 18A , a trench 170 may alternatively be formed on at least one of the first and second surfaces 22, 24. It should be understood that the trench 170 may be open to the hole 26 and the via. Thus, methods used to force particles into holes, such as vacuum, centrifugal force, and electrostatic force, may also be used to force particles into the trench. The particles may be dried, stacked and sintered as described above to define a redistribution layer 37.
請再次參照圖1A到圖4,所得的導通孔界定顆粒62的導電材料,其可為金屬,且由固體材料中的相鄰顆粒之間的間隙界定的空隙,其也可稱作氣孔,其由上述在方法40期間未被填充的間隙所界定。若如上所述施加保形塗料,則其可進一步由所得的導通孔界定。顆粒62的導電材料可界定設計成具有內部氣隙或孔的支架矩陣,該等內部氣隙或孔沿著從第一表面22到第二表面24的孔洞的大部分長度配置。經燒結的導電材料界定從第一表面到第二表面的導電路徑。在某些實施例中,氣孔可界定至少導通孔的總體積的至少25%到多達導通孔的總體積的75%。然而,理解到在其他實施例中,氣孔可界定小於導通孔的總體積的25%。此外,氣孔可沿導通孔的大部分長度實質上均勻地配置。所得的導通孔可界定從第一表面22到第二表面24的非線性導電路徑。網狀基質可界定至少一個從網狀基質的第一末端延伸到網狀基質的第二末端的氣流路徑。第一末端及第二末端可由無孔端蓋界定。 Referring again to FIGS. 1A-4 , the resulting vias define the conductive material of particles 62, which may be metal, and voids defined by spaces between adjacent particles in the solid material, which may also be referred to as pores, defined by the spaces not filled during method 40 as described above. If a conformal coating is applied as described above, it may be further defined by the resulting vias. The conductive material of particles 62 may define a support matrix designed with internal air gaps or pores that are arranged along a majority of the length of the hole from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24. The sintered conductive material defines a conductive path from the first surface to the second surface. In certain embodiments, the pores may define at least 25% to as much as 75% of the total volume of the vias. However, it is understood that in other embodiments, the pores may define less than 25% of the total volume of the via. In addition, the pores may be substantially uniformly arranged along a majority of the length of the via. The resulting via may define a nonlinear conductive path from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24. The mesh substrate may define at least one airflow path extending from a first end of the mesh substrate to a second end of the mesh substrate. The first end and the second end may be defined by non-porous end caps.
因此,網狀基質可包括導電材料,該導電材料包括經燒結及經表 面加工的顆粒,其界定從第一表面22到第二表面24的孔洞的大部分的長度的連續導電互連網路,其中該導電材料不與孔洞26中的基板熔合,且其中該導電材料界定沿著導通孔的全部長度的導電路徑。 Thus, the mesh matrix may include a conductive material including sintered and surface processed particles that define a continuous conductive interconnect network for a majority of the length of the via from the first surface 22 to the second surface 24, wherein the conductive material is not fused to the substrate in the via 26, and wherein the conductive material defines a conductive path along the entire length of the via.
導通孔34的導電填充35可由複數個導電顆粒的基質界定,該等導電顆粒經堆積及經後續燒結,從而將相鄰的顆粒彼此結合。從下述將可理解,導電路徑可根據需要界定任何形狀。可設想至少一部分的導電路徑為非線性的。 The conductive fill 35 of the via 34 may be defined by a matrix of a plurality of conductive particles which are stacked and subsequently sintered to bond adjacent particles to each other. As will be understood from the following, the conductive path may be defined in any shape as desired. It is contemplated that at least a portion of the conductive path is non-linear.
此外,導電填充可包括銀或銅顆粒,其可與其他導電材料混合以生產顆粒分佈,由此導電的其他導電材料可佔據一些間隙。其他導電材料可包括一或多種的導電聚合物、導電金屬、導電陶瓷、導電化合物等,諸如石墨烯、導電碳化物及金屬間複合物。或者或更甚者,超臨界流體具有極低的表面張力,且可用於沉積金屬。可設想其可在燒結步驟後至少部分地填充導通孔中的間隙。超臨界流體帶有低表面張力的金屬,因此金屬可進入狹窄的空間。因此,金屬可沉積在孔洞26中。另一選擇為將奈米顆粒超臨界沉積在孔洞中,從而佔據了至少一部份的間隙。 Additionally, the conductive fill may include silver or copper particles, which may be mixed with other conductive materials to produce a particle distribution whereby the conductive other conductive materials may occupy some of the gaps. Other conductive materials may include one or more conductive polymers, conductive metals, conductive ceramics, conductive compounds, and the like, such as graphene, conductive carbides, and intermetallic composites. Alternatively or more, a supercritical fluid has extremely low surface tension and may be used to deposit metal. It is envisioned that it may at least partially fill the gaps in the vias after the sintering step. The supercritical fluid carries the metal with low surface tension, so the metal can enter narrow spaces. Thus, the metal may be deposited in the holes 26. Another option is to deposit the nanoparticles supercritically in the pores, thereby occupying at least a portion of the interstitial space.
認識到可保證提供清洗基板20的方法。例如,可根據需要從第一表面22及第二表面24清除殘留的懸浮液,包括在堆積步驟之前、燒結步驟之前及表面加工步驟之前,及表面加工步驟之後。例如,可利用適合的棒(諸如鐵氟龍棒)去除殘留的懸浮液。或者或更甚者,諸如IPA及軟半磨料的醇類可清洗殘留的粉末。 It is recognized that a method of cleaning the substrate 20 can be provided. For example, residual suspension can be removed from the first surface 22 and the second surface 24 as needed, including before the accumulation step, before the sintering step, before the surface processing step, and after the surface processing step. For example, the residual suspension can be removed using a suitable rod (such as a Teflon rod). Alternatively or more, alcohols such as IPA and soft semi-abrasives can clean the residual powder.
圖22示出了根據本文揭示的系統及方法的一個態樣的上述及全文所討論的組件的例示性組件500的概述。在此實施例中,多個裝置可安裝到中介層21之上,且底部為額外的裝置。中介層21可具有上述類型的玻璃導通孔或穿矽導通孔的若干部分。額外的中介層或其他種類的層以綠色示出作為裝置的組裝結構的一部分。此等層可用於額外的互連。可在中介層21的頂部或底部上 進行一些互連。在一個實施例中,專用積體電路可安裝到基板20,從而至少部分地界定晶粒封裝。在另一個實施例中,矽光子舟(silicon photonics ship)可安裝在基板之上,從而與基板20光學連通。在再另一個實施例中,收發器可安裝到玻璃基板之上,從而與導電材料電連通。 FIG. 22 shows an overview of an exemplary assembly 500 of the assemblies discussed above and throughout the text according to one aspect of the systems and methods disclosed herein. In this embodiment, multiple devices may be mounted to the interposer 21, with additional devices at the bottom. The interposer 21 may have portions of glass vias or through silicon vias of the type described above. Additional interposers or other types of layers are shown in green as part of the assembly structure of the devices. Such layers may be used for additional interconnects. Some interconnects may be made on the top or bottom of the interposer 21. In one embodiment, a dedicated integrated circuit may be mounted to the substrate 20, thereby at least partially defining the die package. In another embodiment, a silicon photonics ship may be mounted on the substrate so as to be optically connected to the substrate 20. In yet another embodiment, the transceiver may be mounted on a glass substrate so as to be electrically connected to the conductive material.
應理解到圖式中示出的實施例的圖示及討論僅用於例示性目的,且不應被解釋為限制本揭示。本發明所屬技術領域中具有通常知識者將理解到,本揭示預期各種具體實例。此外,應理解到以上結合上述具體實施描述的概念可單獨使用,也可與上述任何其他具體實例結合使用。應進一步理解到,除非另有說明,否則上文關於一個所示具體實例描述的各種替代具體實例可適用於如本文所述的所有具體實例。 It should be understood that the illustration and discussion of the embodiments shown in the drawings are for illustrative purposes only and should not be construed as limiting the present disclosure. A person of ordinary skill in the art to which the present invention pertains will understand that the present disclosure contemplates various specific embodiments. Furthermore, it should be understood that the concepts described above in conjunction with the above specific embodiments may be used alone or in conjunction with any other specific embodiments described above. It should be further understood that the various alternative specific embodiments described above with respect to one illustrated specific embodiment may apply to all specific embodiments as described herein, unless otherwise stated.
26:孔洞 26: Holes
65:第一填充 65: First filling
67:堆積粉末/填充 67: Powder accumulation/filling
77:高度堆積粉末 77: Highly stacked powder
130:堆積主體填充 130: Stacking main body filling
132:最終堆積粉末 132: Final accumulation of powder
134:最終填充 134: Final filling
Claims (72)
Applications Claiming Priority (10)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201962799712P | 2019-01-31 | 2019-01-31 | |
| US201962799679P | 2019-01-31 | 2019-01-31 | |
| US201962799690P | 2019-01-31 | 2019-01-31 | |
| US201962799641P | 2019-01-31 | 2019-01-31 | |
| US62/799,712 | 2019-01-31 | ||
| US62/799,679 | 2019-01-31 | ||
| US62/799,641 | 2019-01-31 | ||
| US62/799,690 | 2019-01-31 | ||
| WOPCT/US19/24891 | 2019-03-29 | ||
| PCT/US2019/024891 WO2019191621A1 (en) | 2018-03-30 | 2019-03-29 | Electrically conductive vias and methods for producing same |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW202046839A TW202046839A (en) | 2020-12-16 |
| TWI857005B true TWI857005B (en) | 2024-10-01 |
Family
ID=71840453
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW109103055A TWI857005B (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2020-01-31 | Method of producing an electrical component |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| TW (1) | TWI857005B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2020160343A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR102622987B1 (en) * | 2020-12-10 | 2024-01-11 | 세메스 주식회사 | Apparatus for treating substrate and filler component provided thererof |
| EP4305666A4 (en) | 2021-03-10 | 2024-10-30 | Samtec Inc. | FILLING MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR FILLING CONTACT HOLES |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH06188561A (en) * | 1992-12-22 | 1994-07-08 | Fujitsu Ltd | Thick film printed board via formation method |
| TW200524102A (en) * | 2004-01-05 | 2005-07-16 | Ibm | A suspension for filling via holes in silicon and method for making the same |
| CN102453374A (en) * | 2010-10-14 | 2012-05-16 | 株式会社东芝 | Metal nanoparticle dispersion |
| CN106683738A (en) * | 2015-11-10 | 2017-05-17 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Copper particle, preparation method thereof, paste for forming electric-conductive film, and objects |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0621655A (en) * | 1992-07-01 | 1994-01-28 | Fujitsu Ltd | Ceramic circuit board manufacturing method |
| EP2814610B1 (en) * | 2012-02-17 | 2020-08-19 | Stratec Consumables GmbH | Microstructured polymer devices |
| US8940627B2 (en) * | 2012-11-19 | 2015-01-27 | Nthdegree Technologies Worldwide Inc. | Conductive ink for filling vias |
| US9508667B2 (en) * | 2014-12-23 | 2016-11-29 | Intel Corporation | Formation of solder and copper interconnect structures and associated techniques and configurations |
-
2020
- 2020-01-31 WO PCT/US2020/015997 patent/WO2020160343A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2020-01-31 TW TW109103055A patent/TWI857005B/en active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH06188561A (en) * | 1992-12-22 | 1994-07-08 | Fujitsu Ltd | Thick film printed board via formation method |
| TW200524102A (en) * | 2004-01-05 | 2005-07-16 | Ibm | A suspension for filling via holes in silicon and method for making the same |
| CN102453374A (en) * | 2010-10-14 | 2012-05-16 | 株式会社东芝 | Metal nanoparticle dispersion |
| CN106683738A (en) * | 2015-11-10 | 2017-05-17 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Copper particle, preparation method thereof, paste for forming electric-conductive film, and objects |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2020160343A1 (en) | 2020-08-06 |
| TW202046839A (en) | 2020-12-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12476117B2 (en) | Electrically conductive vias and methods for producing same | |
| CN115053339B (en) | Conductive via and manufacturing method thereof | |
| TWI857005B (en) | Method of producing an electrical component | |
| US8940627B2 (en) | Conductive ink for filling vias | |
| JP5124691B1 (en) | Conductive fine powder, conductive paste and electronic parts | |
| JP2016504756A (en) | Bulk-sized nanostructured materials and methods for making them by sintering nanowires | |
| WO2023069233A1 (en) | Vias including a porous electrically conductive material and methods for fabricating the vias | |
| CN110506329B (en) | Sealing structure and sealing method for through hole, and transfer substrate for sealing through hole | |
| CN107710891B (en) | Method for forming through-connected vias and conductors on a substrate | |
| US20250087569A1 (en) | Filling materials and methods of filling vias | |
| EP3447794B1 (en) | Through-hole sealing structure and sealing method, and transfer substrate for sealing through-hole | |
| JP6357271B1 (en) | Columnar conductor structure | |
| CN117223101A (en) | Filling materials and methods of filling vias | |
| JP4336164B2 (en) | Method for manufacturing composite sheet, method for manufacturing composite laminate, and method for manufacturing ceramic substrate | |
| TW202425261A (en) | Electrically conductive vias having end caps |